Postgraduate ProsPectus - Aston University

Postgraduate
Prospectus

Welcome
to Aston
University
Follow us on Facebook and Twitter
/astonuniversity
www.aston.ac.uk
03

STUDY AT Aston
University
As a postgraduate student at Aston University you will be part of a
multicultural, international campus community where you can benefit from
high quality teaching, work with researchers who are making a real impact on
society and develop a truly global perspective.
Aston has been a leading
University for graduate
employability since its
foundation in 1966.
89.2% graduate level
employability - better
than Oxford.
Aston University is ranked in
the top 50 in an index of the
world’s leading universities
under the age of 50. The
league table is designed to
identify who might become
‘the next Harvard’ and provide
the ‘next generation of global
thought leadership’.
Aston University is ranked
27th in the UK in the
Complete University Guide
2014 with three subject areas
rated among the UK’s top 10.
Students from over 120
countries provide a truly
international experience.
According to the Daily
Telegraph, Aston is in the Top
Ten for producing millionaires.
Birmingham, one of Europe’s
liveliest cities, is home to
70,000 students.
The new £215 million student
accommodation on campus
provides 2,300 new rooms
built to the highest standard.
Relationships with business
Aston and Warwick Universities are leading on a new Enterprise
Research Centre that will help develop understanding of the
factors affecting business investment, performance and growth.
The new £2.9 million centre will become a national and
international focal point for research, knowledge and expertise
on small and medium-sized businesses.
Relationships with business through KTP programmes
The Knowledge Transfer Partnership (KTP) programme is a
Technology Strategy Board initiative which aims to deliver
transformational change through innovation; by improving the
competitiveness, productivity and performance of UK businesses,
increasing the commercial relevance of UK academic research
and teaching, and enhancing the personal skills and commercial
awareness of recently qualified people entering the workplace.
Aston University is working in partnership with companies on
13 Knowledge Transfer Partnerships and has completed over
100 since their creation. Aston is currently one of the top 10
Universities most actively involved in KTPs in the UK.
For example, Aston Business School are working on a KTP with
award winning local law firm, Higgs & Sons. This partnership will
implement an innovative cultural change programme that will
impact on sector performance by better understanding client
needs, re-examining pricing strategy and challenging operational
processes.
Academics in the School of Life & Health Science are working
on a KTP with the Macular Society, a UK charity for macular
conditions, to educate people about the impact of nutrition in
Age Related Macular degeneration (AMD). 513,000 people in the
UK are currently affected by late stage AMD and this figure is
expected to double by 2050.
What is postgraduate
study like?
Whatever the reasons
behind your decision to
choose postgraduate
study, you will need to be
committed, hardworking
and enthusiastic about
your subject. Obtaining a
postgraduate qualification
isn’t easy – it isn’t meant
to be – but the sense
of achievement and
pride when you receive
your degree makes it all
worthwhile.
Fortunately, along with
the perspiration comes
inspiration. At Aston, you
will have the opportunity
to work with internationally
renowned academics who
will nurture your talent and
help to bring out the best
in you.
Aston fosters a culture
of academic quality and
rigorous research principles
which make it a stimulating
yet enjoyable place to study.
To find out more, visit:
www.aston.ac.uk
04 www.aston.ac.uk
05

VICE-CHANCELLOR
JULIA KING
I am delighted that you are considering Aston
University for your postgraduate studies.
Founded in 1895 and a University since 1966,
Aston has a strong focus on innovation in teaching
and excellence in research, employability and
scholarship.
To reflect the changing needs of our postgraduate students, industry, business and
the professions, we are constantly improving our programmes. You will be joining a
highly regarded, vibrant, research-led University that specialises in Life and Health
Sciences, Engineering and Applied Science, Languages and Social Sciences, and
the study of Business. Many of our courses hold professional accreditation and Aston
Business School is one of an elite group of business schools in the world holding
triple accreditation for the programmes it offers.
Our postgraduate students benefit from high quality taught and research-based
programmes linked to pioneering research in areas including photonics, forensic
linguistics, entrepreneurship and healthy ageing.
Global citizenship is a strand that runs through all of our programmes to reflect the
fast changing world in which we live. With students from over 120 countries, you will
benefit from a truly global perspective.
Aston University offers a superb environment for postgraduate study. Our compact
and sustainable campus is situated in the middle of the City of Birmingham, and
our new £215 million Aston Student Villages development provides top quality
accommodation for Aston students.
The Aston postgraduate community is highly motivated and energetic, and works
alongside forward-looking and research active academic staff who are focussed on
student achievement and success. Postgraduate programmes at Aston will prepare
you for success in the future by advancing your career with new skills, by making you
more attractive to employers, or by building the foundations for an academic career.
Whatever direction your future success takes, Aston can help you achieve your goals.
I look forward to welcoming you in person should you decide to join us here at Aston.
“You will struggle to find a
University in Britain more
keenly attuned to the needs
of business and industry.”
The Sunday Times University Guide 2012
“Aston University is ranked
in the world’s leading
universities under the
age of 50.”
Guardian QS - Top 50 Under 50
“As one of the Top Fifty
universities in the world
who are less than fifty
years old we have a strong
international outlook
and we are focussed
on research which is
applicable and impactful.”
Professor Dame Julia King
“The RAE 2008 confirmed
the quality and depth of
Aston University’s research
where all research areas
submitted ranked in the
top 12 in the UK, and 45%
of the research submitted
evaluated as excellent or
world-leading.”
The Sunday Times University Guide 2012
Contents
08 Why Choose Postgraduate Study?
10 Employability and Entrepreneurship
12 Excellence in Teaching and Research
14 A Green, Sustainable Campus
16 High Quality, Affordable Accommodation
18 Library and IT Facilities
20 A Welcoming, Vibrant Place To Be
22 A Great Place for Sport
24 Helping and Supporting You
27 Students with Disabilities and Specific
Learning Difficulties
28 Supporting Global Citizenship in an
International University
29 International Entry Requirements
30 Tuition Fees and Cost of Living
31 Pre-sessional Programmes in English
for Academic Purposes
32 Birmingham – An Amazing Place to Live
35 Postgraduate Degree Programmes
36 Aston Business School
74 School of Engineering & Applied Science
104 School of Languages & Social Sciences
134 School of Life & Health Sciences
168 Welcome to Aston University Executive
& Professional Development (EPD)
170 How To Find Us
172 Campus Map
173 Where is Aston University?
174 A-Z Index of postgraduate programmes
175 Terms and Conditions
With best wishes
Professor Dame Julia King DBE FREng
Vice-Chancellor
06 www.aston.ac.uk
07

postgraduate
study?
Whatever the reasons behind your decision to choose postgraduate study, you
will need to be committed, hardworking and enthusiastic about your subject.
At Aston, you will have the opportunity to work with internationally renowned
academics who will nurture your talent and help to bring out the best in you.
Aston fosters a culture of academic quality and rigorous research principles
which make it a stimulating yet enjoyable place to study.
Types of postgraduate study:
There are three types of postgraduate programmes at Aston:
Taught (MA/MSc/MRes)
Research (PhD/MPhil)
Executive and Professional Development (EPD).
Taught programmes
A taught programme (Masters) is ideal if you are looking for a
competitive advantage in the jobs market or to develop extra
knowledge and skills that will help you in your career. It can also
be useful if you wish to have a change in career direction. Masters
programmes typically last one year full-time or two years part-time.
An MRes (Master of Research) degree is a Masters level award. The
special significance of an MRes degree is that it reflects a thorough
grounding in research methods.
How to apply
You normally need a good honours degree but you may be eligible
with equivalent professional qualifications.
The contact listed for each programme will be able to advise you
on your eligibility. Entry dates vary from programme to programme,
depending on the method of study, so it is best to contact the
relevant School to check when and how to apply.
As our programmes are very popular, it is advisable to apply at
least three months before the programme is due to start.
Research programmes
Many people think that research degrees are only relevant if you wish
to become an academic. Lots of PhD students do pursue a career in
academia but a PhD also opens up many opportunities in industry and
the public sector. A research degree involves the in-depth study of a
particular aspect of your specialist subject and typically lasts three
years full-time or six years part-time, though this can vary. Aston also
offers an MPhil which can be completed in two years.
How to apply
You need to complete the online Aston application form and submit
a detailed research proposal outlining your intended research topic,
its objectives, proposed method of research and an indication of
how the proposed research topic relates to previous work by other
researchers. You need to submit details of two references with your
application form.
There are four possible research start dates: 1st October, 1st
January, 1st April and 1st July and your enrolment onto the
programme will normally be as close to the relevant research start
date as possible. Some programmes only allow entry in October
and January or October and April – contact the relevant School for
more information.
Executive and Professional Development
Executive and Professional Development (EPD) courses can help you
maintain, improve and broaden your professional knowledge and
skills – advancing your career and boosting your employability. Many
of our courses are accredited by professional organisations, and are a
necessary requirement for you to gain or maintain membership. EPD
at Aston is flexible and accessible. We offer short and long courses,
distance learning, certificates, diplomas and Masters Degrees across
a wide range of subjects. If you are an employer, our EPD courses can
develop your staff and benefit your business.
How to apply
If you do not see a course which meets your needs, it may be
possible to arrange bespoke courses. Please contact the School to
discuss your needs. You can also go to www.aston.ac.uk or see the
individual contact details in each programme/research group entry.
Part-time study and distance learning
Part-time study is an increasingly popular way of obtaining a
postgraduate qualification as it enables you to earn a salary and
progress in your career, whilst improving your knowledge and
skills, and enhancing your future job prospects. It also means you
can spread the cost of your study over a longer period. Distance
learning is the perfect solution for people who cannot attend the
University in person, but wish to take a postgraduate qualification.
It involves studying at home, with course materials generally
delivered via the Internet or by post. Distance learning also enables
you to study in your own time, which may be an advantage for
students with a busy professional or family life.
Please note: Not all of Aston’s programmes are available part-time
or via distance learning.
You can apply online at
www.aston.ac.uk/study/postgraduate/apply
or contact us at apply@aston.ac.uk
08 www.aston.ac.uk
09

Strong Industry Partnerships
entrepreneurship
Over 200 employers come onto campus each year to meet our students; here are a few…
3M
Accenture
Aldi
Armed Forces
(Army; Royal Air Force;
Royal Navy)
Aston Martin
Lagonda
AXA
BAE Systems
Balfour Beatty
Barclays
Bentley Motors
BMW
Boots
BT
CapGemini
Caterpillar
Co-op
Corus
Deloitte
E.ON
Enterprise
Rent-a-car
Ernst & Young
ExxonMobil
Foreign and
Commonwealth
Office
Fujitsu
GlaxoSmithKline
Harrods
Hewlett Packard
HM Revenue and
Customs
HSBC
IBM
Intel
Jaguar Land Rover
Kraft Foods/Cadbury
KPMG
L’Oreal
Lloyds Banking Group
Marks & Spencer
Microsoft
Morgan Stanley
NHS
Orange
PriceWaterhouseCoopers
Procter & Gamble
Rolls-Royce
Sainsbury’s
Santander
Tesco
Unilever
Vision Express
We can equip you for success in the
global market place
At Aston, we recognise that graduates are a key part
of a more dynamic and mobile global marketplace.
Our students have the chance to gain the skills and
confidence to be successful global citizens, and
we can offer access to exciting work and study
opportunities through our extensive network of worldwide
partnerships with employers and universities.
We provide the services and support
you need to get ahead
High quality careers guidance, education and
information services are delivered through individual
appointments, group sessions and online education
services. Working closely with the Schools, the
Careers Service provides career management skills
tailored to individual programmes.
The Careers Service helps bring students and
employers together by advertising vacancies and
arranging on-campus employer presentations,
interviews, recruitment fairs and special interest
events. The Careers Service has extensive links with
national and international graduate employers as well
as smaller and local employers.
We encourage enterprise and
entrepreneurship
There is a good reason why Aston is in the top ten
Universities for producing millionaires – we educated
2.3% of UK millionaires based on recent research
(CoreData Research UK on behalf of Skandia) and we
encourage our students to develop an enterprising
mind-set and support those who want to build their
own business.
Aston’s high achievers have a fantastic track record,
from winning national prizes to starting successful
businesses. Developing entrepreneurship skills is
important if you want to start your own business.
Aston’s student achievements
At Aston we work hard to make sure our students
develop the technical, professional and transferable
skills they need to be successful entrepreneurs.
Hundreds of our students and graduates have set
up their own successful businesses. For example,
Nick Holzherr, runner-up on the BBC show, The
Apprentice (pictured left)
has already launched
two successful business
ventures. His new concept
‘Whisk’ is a web tool offering
a new way to create recipes
and purchase ingredients.
To find out more, visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/careers
To find out more, visit:
www.astonentrepreneurs.com
10 www.aston.ac.uk
11

Prof. Burns
Dr Topham & Dr Sutherland
Dr Kurtoglu-Hooton
Dr Dey
Prof. Talcott
Paul Knobbs
Kevin O’Reilly
Dr Nathaniel Golden
Dr Karen Woodhall
First class teaching
teaching and
research
Aston promotes and supports academic excellence in everything that we do. You will be taught
by academic staff with international reputations in their fields. You will benefit from their insight,
expertise and skills. Access to quality library resources, learning resources and information
technology is an essential part of any university experience and at Aston this is given a high
priority. Our learning and teaching facilities are modern, easy to access and user-friendly.
As a postgraduate student you will be
self-motivated, enthusiastic and driven.
You will be taught by staff who are passionate and
inspirational. Your learning experience is our focus.
Tutorials and seminars expand on the subject area of
a lecture and cover theories, new ideas and connections
between subjects. Seminars give you an opportunity to
discuss topics linked to your subject.
Laboratory classes help you develop subject-specific
skills and practical sessions can give you an idea of
how experienced practitioners of your subject area think
about problems.
Supervisions are small-group teaching sessions
where you can explore and discuss particular aspects
of the course.
IT facilities There are more than 50 computer labs
across the Aston Campus, many of which can be
accessed 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. IT facilities
are free to students and are linked by our Local Area
Network, which provides high speed access to other
networks worldwide.
Many teaching rooms are equipped with ICT facilities for
presentations, and specialist rooms are equipped with
facilities to support research activities. An increasing
number of events and lectures are also recorded in
multimedia and made available online for students
working remotely or for later review.
Postgraduate students can also benefit from dedicated
working areas complete with computing facilities and
access to a range of specialist software.
Blackboard is our virtual learning platform which gives
you access to one central resource for learning. You will
benefit from a simple and more efficient learning tool
where all course information, including course content,
assignments and discussion topics, are stored and
accessible from one place.
MAP – My Aston Portal is a web based system which
is a single point of contact for many of the University
services you use as a student. With MAP you can
access your personalised teaching timetables, module
lists, finance and accommodation information. You can
also use MAP to keep the University up-to-date with your
current addresses and personal details.
Aston Replay is a service allowing staff to record their
teaching sessions. Students can then search and view
material in their own time.
Aston has an excellent reputation for
research that makes an international
impact. We focus on research which
is exploitable and makes a substantial
and beneficial difference to people,
organisations and society.
EBRI waste to energy technology awarded
‘Best Technological Breakthrough’
The European Bioenergy Research Institute (EBRI) at Aston University
has won ‘Best Technological Breakthrough’ for its innovative
bioenergy technology, which transforms multiple waste products
into cost effective heat and power. EBRI’s Pyroformer won the
breakthrough category at the national Climate Week Awards. The
technology works by heating and chemically treating waste in a single,
sealed process and produces oil and gas as by-products.
ARCHA researchers launch Extra Care
Well-being Study
ARCHA researchers at Aston University are working with ExtraCare to
create a Well-being Programme which is the first of its kind in the UK.
The programme is part of The ExtraCare Charitable Trust, a charity
that helps older people to live a healthier, active and more independent
lifestyle in its specially built retirement villages and smaller housing
developments. The research will carry out a range of assessments
such as recording blood pressure scores, cognitive testing scores and
mobility assessment scores. It will also look at how physical health,
psychological health and people's environment and opportunities
interact and the associated care costs.
Give your business the edge
The Goldman Sachs 10,000 Small Businesses programme provides
high quality, structured and practically focused support to leaders in
small business and social enterprises who are seeking to grow their
business. Participants learn alongside other ambitious small business
owners, and with the support of Aston Business School and a range
of experienced practitioners from the business community. At the end
of the programme, participants join an active and enthusiastic 10,000
Small Businesses national alumni network consisting of hundreds of
the UK’s most exciting small businesses.
Intermittent fasting could help prevent diabetes
Intermittent fasting could help prevent type 2 diabetes and heart
disease, according to a new report by Aston University researchers.
The British Journal of Diabetes and Vascular Disease report suggests
that intermittent/alternative day fasting can be as beneficial as having
weight loss surgery for treating obesity and reducing the risk of related
conditions such as heart disease and type 2 diabetes.
Aston Awards
Funded by
European
Commission
19/01/2012
Won by Aston Teams
Dr Paul Topham
Dr Andy Sutherland (EAS)
Research Support lead – Paul Knobbs
Ensuring Stability
in Organic Solar
Cells - ESTABLIS
Aston Awards
Aston Awards
Funded by
UK-India Education
and Research Initiative
10/02/2012
Aston Awards
Funded by
E.C. Marie Curie-Initial
Training Network
01/10/2012
Won by Aston Teams
Prof. Anne Burns (LSS)
Dr Nur Kurtoglu-Hooton (LSS)
Research Support lead – Kevin O’Reilly
Action Research as a tool
for enhancing professional
practice in the secondary
school teaching of modern
foreign languages
Funded by
The British
Academy
02/04/2012
Won by Aston Teams
Dr Prasanta Dey (ABS)
Research Support lead – Dr Nathaniel Golden
Thematic Partnership -
Climate change issues
and environmental
performance of SMEs
in India and the UK
Won by Aston Teams
Prof. Joel Talcott (LHS)
Research Support lead – Dr Karen Woodhall
‘LanPercept’ Training
next generation
researchers at the
interface of language
and perception
12 www.aston.ac.uk
13

As an Aston student, you’ll get the best of both worlds:
a green, well-equipped, friendly campus in the heart of a
vibrant city. Plus, all of our social, support and academic
facilities are based on campus, so you never have far to
go. Our self-contained, green campus in the centre of
Birmingham is something we are very proud of. Trees,
shrubs and water features, including the ‘Chancellor’s
Lake’ give our campus a natural feel. We are improving
our facilities all the time and as we do, we are working
on a number of projects to improve our sustainability and
reduce our environmental impact.
Committed to becoming a more sustainable
University
People and Planet Green League
We are very proud that our commitment to sustainability here at Aston
has been recognised in this year’s ‘People and Planet Green League’.
Aston has been awarded ‘First Class Honours’ for our ranking at
number 11 out of the 152 UK universities and HE institutions. It is the
fourth year running that Aston University has achieved a top 20 ranking.
Platinum EcoCampus award
EcoCampus provides a framework to embed best practice in carbon
and environmental management, and is widely recognised as a source
of support and guidance for Higher Education Institutions in target
setting and in the delivery of carbon management strategies and
plans. We have achieved the Platinum EcoCampus award for our
Environmental Management System, one of only 7 universities to have
reached this level.
Aston has also been a Fairtrade accredited University since 2007 and
we are proud of our commitment to Fairtrade products which help
producers in other countries to achieve a better standard of living.
“Congratulations to Aston University for becoming one of the UK’s
greenest universities, and to all its staff and students who have
shown a collective commitment to Fairtrade and for recognising their
global responsibility. The awareness that this is raising among the
student population will help make a better future for producers in the
developing world”.
Veronica Pasteur
Head of Campaigns at Fairtrade.
Aston100
no. 71
campus
To live and study
Aston is in the top
ten of the ‘People
and Planet Green
League’, making
the University one
of the most
environmentally
friendly
universities in
the UK.
14 www.aston.ac.uk
15

High quality accommodation
accommodation
The University’s attractive, safe and compact campus
makes living in residences a very sociable and
enjoyable experience. Studying and living away from
home is a big decision, but you can feel assured that
our modern accommodation provides a high quality
and affordable place to live. Living on campus will
allow you to experience the full range of academic and
support services the University has to offer.
Living on campus
Choosing to live on campus means that you’re only ever a couple
of minutes walk from all of the University facilities and services and
less than 10 minutes’ walk from Birmingham City Centre. It’s also
really easy to make friends, as there are over 3,000 other students
living within close proximity.
We guarantee accommodation for international fee-paying
students for the duration of their course, who apply by the
deadline each year.
Our accommodation is managed by friendly and professional
University residential services staff, ensuring that it is clean, safe
and secure, with 24/7 welfare provision. Residences are also
supported by a 24 hour on-site security team with swipe card
access to all of the residences.
Rooms are currently offered on a 39 week licence period for
returning and new Home students, 40 week licence for International
and EU (non-British) students and 52 weeks for care leavers. This
means that the room is yours throughout the academic year, so
there’s no need to move out during the Christmas and Easter
holidays.
Low cost, high speed broadband with WiFi provided by an external
service provider is available in all bedrooms on campus for an
additional, but affordable, annual charge of £9.99.
For more information contact:
Accommodation Office
Tel: 0121 204 4704/4707
Email: accom@aston.ac.uk
Find us online at:
www.aston.ac.uk/accommodation
Allocation policy/rents
For more information, visit our
website at: www.aston.ac.uk/
accommodation
Students with disabilities
We have a number of specially
adapted rooms on campus to
cater for those with disabilities.
Please discuss your individual
needs with the Accommodation
Officer once you have been
made an offer by Aston
University.
You are encouraged to view
the accommodation before or
after you apply so that you can
see the campus and discuss
arrangements well in advance.
Car parking
We are unable to offer students
car parking spaces on campus.
Parking is however, available
for students with specific
disabilities. Pay and display car
parking is available close to the
campus at the time of going
to press but we recommend
you visit our website or contact
the accommodation office for
confirmation of prices.
Brand new student residences
We have completed Phase 1 of our new residences project, providing
1,307 brand new, en suite bedrooms on campus. Phase 2, due for
completion in September 2013, will have retail facilities and 3,000
bedrooms on campus, all of which are self-catering and en suite with
a fully fitted, ergonomically designed and spacious study space and
excellent storage. Flats are available in five and seven bedroom units
with the five bedroom flats having a larger floor area and shower pod,
more storage and larger size beds, each flat sharing a well-equipped
kitchen and communal area.
Lakeside
Lakeside residences provide 647 bedrooms on campus, arranged
into flats for between six and ten students, with shared kitchen
facilities. Each bedroom has an en suite bathroom, and telephone and
television points are available in every room. Launderette facilities are
also provided.
Accommodation prices 2013-14
39 weeks (40 weeks for international students)
The prices quoted below also include all utility costs and communal
cleaning charges, so budgeting whilst living on campus is easy.
All rooms are single study bedrooms.
Lakeside
William Murdoch
James Watt
Mary Sturge
Harriet Martineau
Rent (per week) £121 £126 £134
Utility bills Included Included Included
High speed internet New and improved high speed internet
available to ALL residences at a nominal fee
En-suite Yes Yes Yes
No of students per flat 6 – 10
7 bed
units
5 bed
units
Please note: this information is correct at the time of going to press but we
recommend you visit our website or contact the accommodation office for
confirmation of prices.
16 www.aston.ac.uk
17

Library and IT facilities
The University Library
offers you a welcoming and
flexible space for group and
individual study.
The Library has four floors and
contains 150,000 volumes with over
800 reader places. There is online
access to over 20,000 electronic
journals in all subject areas and all
journals, e-books and other key
online information resources can
be accessed from any computer
on campus, or other locations offcampus.
Access to a modern, quality library,
learning resources and information
technology is an essential part of
your University experience and at
Aston University this is given high
priority. Our facilities are extensive
and accessible.
Access to modern IT and
computing facilities 24 hours
a day, seven days a week
Specialist staff provide support
on IT and library resources
throughout your studies
Wireless internet access
available in all accommodation
and most cafés, common
rooms and academic areas.
IT facilities
There are more than 50 computer
labs across the Aston Campus,
many of which can be accessed
24 hours a day, 7 days a week.
You will have access to a range
of networked software packages,
database systems, modelling tools
and online research tools.
IT facilities are free to Aston
University students and are linked
by our Local Area Network,
which spans the campus and
provides high speed access to
other networks worldwide. We
also have an extensive wireless
network throughout campus which
allows you to use your own laptop
to access the internet and many
University services.
Many teaching rooms are equipped
with ICT facilities for presentations,
and specialist rooms are equipped
with facilities to support research
activities. An increasing number
of events and lectures are also
recorded in multimedia and made
available online for students
working remotely or for later review.
Library development - Phase two
Phase two of the refurbishment of the Library will bring
both the second and third floors up to the high standards
of the ground and first floors.
The second and third floors of the Library will be
transformed, with more study spaces, new furniture,
additional group study rooms, enhanced wireless access
and improved heating, lighting, ventilation and décor.
Library facilities
Our online Library SmartSearch
discovery tool tells you what is in
the Library, enables you to check
the recommended reading for your
course, and lets you reserve and
renew books. You can issue and
return books yourself by using our
self service machines. Multiple
copies of titles on reading lists are
available in the library and copies of
core texts can also be found in the
short loan section.
With PC labs, laptops for
loan, wireless internet access,
photocopiers, printers, group and
silent study areas, the Library is
an ideal place to study. The entire
ground floor is a modern social
learning space with a cafe and
vending area. This is our major
group study area with a range of
seating, plus meeting ‘pods’ where
you can work as a group in a more
isolated atmosphere. Specialist
equipment for students with
additional needs is also available
on the ground floor. The emphasis
is on accessibility and userfriendliness.
The Library has 24 hour access,
six days a week, at key times
throughout the year. The Library
is also open during all University
vacations, except for those days
when the University is closed.
As a new student you will be given
an induction to the Library to ensure
you are aware of all the facilities
and services available to you. Our
experienced and knowledgeable
Library staff are on hand to help
and online support is available
through the ‘Library Matters’ virtual
learning module.
IT facilities
An ideal place for study
18 www.aston.ac.uk
19

A warm welcome
vibrant place
to be
TEDxAstonUniversity
TED is a nonprofit organisation and
started as a four-day conference in
California 26 years ago. It has since
grown to support those world-changing
ideas with multiple initiatives. At TED,
the world’s leading thinkers and doers
give short, key talks which are freely
available at TED.com.
TED speakers have included Bill Gates,
Jane Goodall, Elizabeth Gilbert, Sir
Richard Branson, Benoit Mandelbrot,
Philippe Starck, Ngozi Okonjo-Iweala,
Isabel Allende and former UK Prime
Minister Gordon Brown.
In the spirit of ideas worth spreading,
TEDx is a local, self-organised event
that brings people together to share
knowledge and experience.
The first university TEDx in
Birmingham
Aston Welcome Week
Aston University holds an International Orientation Week for
international students, followed by a Freshers’ Week for all new
students, which is designed to help you settle in and adjust to
student life.
Benefits of International Orientation Week:
meet specialist staff who can assist you with any queries
help you adapt to a new culture, language, food, the British
climate and your surroundings at Aston University
introduce you to Aston University and its services
help you meet other International and EU/EEA students
assist you with all the practical arrangements such as shopping
for food and other necessities and opening a bank account
introduce you to the services provided by the Students’ Union
including clubs and societies, student sports clubs and sports
provision
introduce you to the academic system at Aston University, study
methods and approaches to learning
introduce you to cross cultural communication and basic
presentation skills through workshops and group interaction.
For more information visit:
www1.aston.ac.uk/new-student/international-students/orientation
Aston University – The Students’
Union that works for you
The Students’ Union aims to provide a wide
range of services and support, to help make
student life as easy and enjoyable as possible.
As the Union is run by students for students,
we’ll always do our best to provide whatever
you want, and help you out if you run into any
difficulties.
The Union offers: Advice & Representation
Centre (ARC); Clubs and Societies; Students’
CopyShop; Students’ JobShop; Subway
sandwich outlet; a shop selling magazines,
newspapers, stationery, food, sandwiches;
Cash Points; a Bookshop; the Strand Hair
Salon; The Loft (a social study area with IT and
presentation facilities) and Prayer Rooms.
The B4 Bar is open throughout the day serving
good quality food at affordable prices and the
Union Hall hosts a variety of daytime events from
Careers’ Fairs to poster sales.
The Union team work hard to keep students up
to date with all the latest campus news, details of
events, and anything else they might find useful.
To find out more, visit:
www.astonunion.com
TEDxAstonUniversity celebrates the
creatvity that takes place at Aston
through the research done by our
exceptional academics, and raises our
profile through innovation and idea
sharing.
The event included TEDTalks video and
live speakers who combined to spark
deep discussion and connection in
small groups. Speakers from the four
schools: ABS, LSS, LHS and EAS,
presented their own interpretation of the
event theme, ‘Design Thinking.’
Through TEDxAstonUniversity, the
Postgraduate Committee of 2012-2013
successfully managed to bring Aston
University together on one night and
the event was attended by University
executives, staff members, academics
and students from all four schools.
Aston has an active Postgraduate Student Society and
Mature Students Society. There are also many societies for
international students, and various religious societies. It’s very
easy to become involved and our societies are run by students
for students.
Here are a few you may be interested in….
African Caribbean
AIESEC (Business)
ALFA – (Modern Languages)
Alternative Music
APA (Pharmacy Students
Association)
Asian Society
Aston Business School
Chinese Overseas
Fusion – (Dance Music)
Hellenic (Greek & Cypriot)
Hindu
Investment Society
Irish Society
Islamic Society
Japanese Anime
J-Soc – Jewish Society
LGB – Lesbian, Gay
and Bisexual Group
Moflava (Music)
Music (Wind, string
and choir)
Optics (Vision Sciences)
People & Planet
PsychoSoc (Psychology)
Sikh
Singaporean
SIS (Student Industrial
Society)
Theatre
20 www.aston.ac.uk
21

High quality sport facilities
place for
sport
Aston University students have the benefit of accessible and
affordable high quality sports facilities right on the doorstep.
Whether you want to train, compete, keep fit or just have fun with
friends, Aston can provide you with a great range of opportunities.
Campus sports facilities are typically open from 7am to 10pm Monday to Friday
and from 10am to 7pm at weekends. Access is through your Aston University ID card
and prices provide excellent value-for-money with discounts for multi-visit passes.
Our facilities are staffed by trained instructors, first-aiders and lifeguards.
The Sir Doug Ellis Woodcock Sports Centre
25m swimming pool, sauna and steam room
Fully equipped 100+ station fitness suite with a variety of cardiovascular,
resistance and free weight stations
Dance and martial arts studios
Fitness and yoga classes including aerobics, aqua aerobics and spinning classes
Large sports hall for badminton, netball, volleyball, basketball etc with seating and
viewing gallery.
In spring 2013, The Sir Doug Ellis Woodcock Sports Centre had a new, large sports
hall for football, netball, basketball, indoor cricket, badminton and volleyball. It also
had glass back squash courts and additional changing facilities.
Sport Aston Gym at the Sir Doug Ellis
Woodcock Sports Centre
100+ stations including cardiovascular, fixed resistance, plate
loaded equipment and dumbbells. Cardiovascular machines
have individual TVs and headphone jacks to enhance your
workout. Fitness appraisals, personal fitness programmes, and
personal training from a team of qualified gym staff are also
available. Membership of the gym for Aston University students
costs the equivalent of around £4 per week.
Classes and courses
We offer a full programme of instructed classes including
aerobics and dance classes, yoga, Pilates, badminton
and squash. Instruction is available for both beginners and
improvers. National Pool Lifeguard Qualification courses are
also run throughout the year. This qualification is required for
lifeguard work in swimming pools and leisure centres across the
UK. The course is typically run over three weekends, minimising
the impact on studies, and is heavily subsidised for Aston
University students.
Clubs, tours and competitions
Over 35 sports clubs are run by the University Athletic Union
and whether you are a total novice or an elite performer, they
are always on the lookout for new members. All clubs attend
the Freshers’ Fair to meet and recruit new members. Clubs train
and compete, many in the British Universities & Colleges Sport
(BUCS) leagues, but they also organise lots of events for the
less sporty members to take part in.
Sports scholarships
Aston University’s scholarship programme is designed to
develop potential excellence in a wide range of competitive
sports. A bursary may be available to students who have
achieved a level of excellence within their chosen sport.
A wide range of activities, instruction, training and clubs can
be found at our sport centre on campus and at the off campus
recreation centre.
Outdoor recreation centre – off campus
Six miles north of campus the recreation centre, covering 46
acres, is the site for Aston University’s grass football, rugby,
hockey and cricket pitches. A full size floodlit synthetic pitch
provides facilities for hockey and other team sports. A minibus
service operates to and from campus on competition and
training days.
To find out more visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/sport
22 www.aston.ac.uk
23

SUPPORTING YOU
Aston University has a wide range of services to
support and help you during your postgraduate studies
There is a wide range of support on offer to Aston postgraduate students to ensure your
time here is a success in academic, social and personal terms. The close-knit community
on campus helps to ensure that our students know where and who to turn to if they have
issues or concerns. This support is available whether you are living on or off campus.
Academic support
Personal Tutor system
All campus-based postgraduate taught students will
be allocated a named personal tutor, who will be a
member of academic staff from Aston University.
Personal Tutors are there to help discuss academic
and, in some cases, personal issues.
Learning Development Centre
The Learning Development Centre (LDC) brings
together a range of services to support learning
including advice on writing for assignments and
research, a maths support centre staffed by specialist
tutors, programming support and general study skills
guidance covering exam and revision techniques,
presentations, working in groups and much more.
Located on the first floor of the Library, the LDC
provides a range of online resources and equipment
for student use, such as wireless internet access,
laptop computers and bookable audio visual student
support equipment to support group work and
presentations. Expert advice is also available for
students using or requiring adaptive software and
technologies.
English language support
International students can benefit from free English
language support tutorials provided by the Centre
for English Language and Communication at Aston
(CELCA). The tutorials are one-to-one and last for one
hour. Our friendly and supportive staff can help to
improve your accuracy and fluency when using spoken
and written English; teach you how to write academic
assignments and improve your pronunciation.
The number of hours available to each student will
depend on individual need and is subject to availability.
The Postgraduate Mentoring Scheme
The Postgraduate Mentoring Scheme supports the
integration of first year postgraduate students by
matching them with highly experienced postgraduate
student mentors who are further along in their studies.
Mentors are available throughout the year and offer
advice, guidance and practical tips on life as a
postgraduate student at Aston University.
For more information email: pgmentoring@aston.ac.uk
Student volunteering and outreach
Volunteering looks great on a CV and can help give
you skills that employers look for. Aston’s Outreach
Office supports student volunteering and outreach
initiatives.
JobShop
The JobShop is based in the Students’ Union.
All term time work offered to Aston students is
advertised here as well as unskilled work for
vacation periods. Skilled vacation work is handled
by the Careers and Employability Centre on the first
floor of the South Wing. The JobShop follows the
university policy that paid work must not detract from
academic work, with a recommended maximum
number of weekly hours during term time.
Personal support
The Hub Advice Zone
Based on the ground floor of the Main Building, staff
at the Hub Advice Zone reception desk will provide
you with information, give you a leaflet or application
form or arrange for you to see a specialist adviser.
The Hub desk also acts as the reception, and makes
appointments, for the Counselling Service and the
Disability and Additional Needs Unit (DANU).
The Hub is the place to visit for queries which range
from council tax to counselling; disability support to
academic advice; student finance to student visas and
work visas.
Advice & Representation Centre (ARC)
The ARC is the Student Union’s independent
representation centre. Contact the ARC if you need
representation at hearings or if your query requires
advice which is independent of the University. The ARC
also manages Aston ‘Studentpad’ the best source of
non-campus accommodation for Aston students.
Counselling service
Accessed through the Hub, the Aston University
Counselling Service is a well-established, professional
service, staffed by qualified and experienced
counsellors. Meeting with a counsellor offers the
opportunity to talk about a range of issues that may be
affecting you personally or impacting on your studies.
Counsellors do not tell you what to do. Their role is to
help you understand your difficulties and to identify
ways of coping with or resolving them.
University Health Centre (Halcyon Medical)
The University provides a full confidential health
service from our modern Health Centre based in
Boots the Chemist, opposite Marks and Spencer,
less than a ten minute walk from the campus. All
treatment is given under the NHS and students
are encouraged to register at the start of term.
Our team of male and female doctors and nurses
offer a full range of medical advisory services and
there is emergency cover at all times for registered
students. All students on courses of six months or
more are eligible to register with the Health Centre.
During term time and open weekdays, a Student
Health Centre, run by Halcyon, operates from the
Health Clinics Building as does a dental surgery
(open all year) and an optician (open term times).
Security and safety on campus
Aston’s team of fully trained and friendly security staff
ensure the safety and security of the Aston University
community. Our campus is safe and friendly and
covered by extensive CCTV and security patrols.
Crime on the campus is very low (the lowest of any
Midlands university) and our security measures and
friendly atmosphere aim to keep it that way.
Contact
T: +44 (0)121 204 4007
E: thehub@aston.ac.uk
F: 0121 204 4739
W: www.aston.ac.uk/current-students/hub
International students – student visas
We welcome international students and our highly
regarded, free visa advice service will help you to
make a Tier 4 visa application to link you to your
Aston University course. We will not be able to
enrol you if you have a Tier 4 visa for a different
university/college so please make sure you apply
in plenty of time. We recommend about 2-3
months before your course is due to start.
If you are making an application from within the
UK you should speak to an International Student
Adviser in the HUB first; we will be able to help you
with the process and submit your visa application
for you (if you do not send the application through
the Hub you may not be able to enrol on your
course).
Aston is a Highly Trusted Sponsor and holds a Tier
4 sponsor licence. For information about how the
International Student Advisers in the Advice Zone
at The Hub can help you with your visa application
please see www1.aston.ac.uk/currentstudents/hub/issu
select visa advice and then
student visas.
Confirmation of Acceptance of Study (CAS)
Aston University is normally able to issue you with
a Confirmation of Acceptance of Study (CAS) to
enable you to make one Tier 4 application, to cover
both your pre-sessional and your main course,
when your pre-sessional course is for 12 weeks
or less.
If either your pre-sessional course lasts for
more than twelve weeks, or your main course is
conditional on you successfully passing the presessional
course, the CAS can only be issued for
the pre-sessional course. A second CAS will be
issued when you are in the UK for you to extend
your Tier 4 visa for the main course and our advice
team will help you with the application.
Aston University has an experienced team of
International Student Advisers who provide free
visa advice to help you make a perfect Tier 4
application for your Aston University studies.
For more information visit:
www1.aston.ac.uk/
current-studentshub/iss/visas
24 www.aston.ac.uk
25

Support for You
Nursery
The Aston University Nursery, for children of staff
and students, is run by our team of fully qualified
and experienced staff who provide specialist
developmental and fun activities for children aged
between six weeks and five years.
Religious provision
University Chaplains provide a welcome for all. There
is a programme of events at the Martin Luther King
Multi-Faith Centre which is based on campus near the
Library entrance. Faith societies and other groups use
the Centre for meetings, reflection and worship.
There is also a prayer facility within the Students’
Union.
Mature students
We encourage applications from mature students and
will consider each application on its individual merits.
You will usually need to provide us with evidence
of successful recent study in relevant subjects, or
relevant professional qualifications and/or experience.
New students are invited to a ‘Mature Students’
Induction’, where you can meet other mature students
and find out about academic skills sessions and more
informal activities.
The Society, run by a student committee, has its own
common room based in the Students’ Union, offers
guidance and support.
Finance Centre
The Finance Centre provides a ‘One Stop’ environment
where you can get expert advice on resolving financial
issues, all in a safe and secure environment and
discuss financial matters arising from tuition and
accommodation fees. The staff work closely with
colleagues in the Hub and Registry, to provide you with
a complete financial advisory service on paying fees.
The Finance Centre is based on the Ground Floor of
the Main Building, adjacent to the Hub.
For more information visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/current-students/finances/paying
Students with disabilities and
specific learning difficulties
We welcome applications from students with disabilities
or long-term medical conditions. Your application will be
considered on academic merit, and any support needs
you may have will be considered separately by our
Disability and Additional Needs Unit.
Applications
We advise you to disclose any disability or support needs via
your application form. A copy of your application will be sent to
the Disability Team who may ask you for additional information
relating to disability issues. We may invite you for an interview
so you can discuss any arrangements in advance.
Information
For more information, advice or for
information in an alternative format,
please contact the DANU team:
Tel: 0121 204 4007
Email: danu@aston.ac.uk
Campus access
All teaching is carried out on our single site, flat, campus,
where our student residences are also located. The distance
from residences to most facilities is no more than 400 metres.
Most buildings are equipped with lifts, and kerbs have been
lowered to allow ease of access for wheelchair users.
You can check out campus maps and guides on the web site
www.aston.ac.uk/about/directions
Accommodation
We have a number of specially adapted rooms on campus, catering
for students with disabilities. Accommodation on campus may
be guaranteed for the duration of your course if your individual
circumstances warrant this. You can talk to our Accommodation Officer
and the Disability and Additional Needs Unit (DANU), for advice, once
you have been made an offer. Rooms are available which have ground
floor/lift access, larger floor space, en suite bathrooms, vibrating alert/
doorbell systems, shower seats, grab rails etc.
The Disability and Additional Needs Unit
To help you plan and prepare for university life, DANU, accessed
through The Hub, can provide advice and support to applicants and
students with disabilities and additional needs. All enquiries are dealt
with on a confidential basis. The Disability Team assist and organise
academic related support for students with disabilities, utilising in-house
specialist support services and external support workers through Clear
Links. Support work can include note taking, reading, transcription,
photocopying, keyboard manipulation, mobility assistance, access to
qualified British Sign Language interpreters and dyslexia/study skills
tutors, amongst others.
We may assist you by liaising with other departments in the University
on your behalf, helping with applications for funding, through to the
provision of information at open days and interview visits, as well as
general advice and support throughout your studies.
26 www.aston.ac.uk
27

in an
international
university
International students are especially attracted to study in the UK as Masters
Programmes typically take one year to complete. UK Masters are intensive programmes
and students are expected to focus as soon as they start but the challenges and
rewards offered are great. An Aston Masters Programme means a shorter period of
study so is more cost effective for living costs and reduced loss of earnings.
Accommodation
New postgraduate students are
guaranteed a room on campus
providing an accommodation
application is submitted before
the deadline (available on the
accommodation web site).
There is a wide variety of
accommodation, all located on
campus, giving you easy access
to all facilities and eliminating
travel costs. All rooms are single
occupancy, en suite rooms and
are self-catering. We are sensitive
to individual student needs
and can also offer single sex
accommodation, although this is
not guaranteed. Residence Tutors
will support you if you need any
help.
The University also provides
support for students wishing to
live off campus.
Campus community
Aston has a diverse student
population of over 10,000
full-time students, from over 120
countries, all living and studying
in a lively, safe, close-knit and
friendly atmosphere.
Our students make the most of
their time on campus with a high
level of participation in clubs,
societies and sports. Most of our
international students choose to
live on campus so that they can
benefit from living and studying
in a campus environment right in
the city centre of Birmingham, the
UK’s second city.
There are a number of international
student societies at Aston, which
provide you with the opportunity
to make new friends and take
part in a variety of social and
cultural activities. Examples
include African Caribbean; Asian
Society; the Chinese Student
Scholar Association and the
Hong Kong Society.
For more information visit:
www1.aston.ac.uk/study/
postgraduate/student-life/clubs
Sources of funding
Once you have been accepted
for a programme at a British
university, you may be eligible for
an Overseas Research Students
Award. Some departments at
Aston also offer bursaries for
international research students.
These are allocated on a very
competitive basis and further
details can be obtained from the
academic department that has
offered you a place.
You are encouraged to contact
your local Ministry of Education,
or local British Council office
as you may be eligible to apply
for scholarships and awards
such as the British Chevening
scholarships. The Advice Zone
at The Hub can help you identify
sources of funds available to
assist EU and international
students who experience
unexpected hardship resulting
from a change in circumstances,
such as the loss of your sponsor.
Restrictions apply so not all
students may be eligible for
funds.
Entry qualifications
We welcome applications from candidates with good degrees or equivalent qualifications. In general,
you will need to have the equivalent of a UK first or upper-second class Honours Degree from your
country. Entry requirements vary between the different programmes and the Grade Point Average
(GPA) marks/overall percentage will also vary.
Students are requested to submit their certified University transcripts (translated into English), with
their application. The list below gives an indication of the qualifications we consider from some
countries.
For more details on English language requirements, please refer to individual programme entries or
visit our website at www.aston.ac.uk
Aston warmly welcomes international postgraduate students and recognises the valuable contribution
they make to academic life at the University. There are currently over 1,000 non-UK students enrolled
on postgraduate programmes at Aston from 120 countries around the world.
Sample entry requirements for entry onto Masters programmes
If your country is not listed,
please contact the International
Office as these are just
some examples of entry
requirements.
China Minimum average of
75%-85% in Bachelors Degree
(four years study) from a
recognised university.
Greece A.E.I. Minimum G.P.A.
6.5; T.E.I. Minimum G.P.A. 7.0.
India First class Bachelors
Honours Degree (minimum
60- 70% depending on
institution and subject area)
from a recognised institution.
Indonesia A good Bachelors
honours degree, typically with
a GPA of between 2.0 and 3.0
out of 4.0 from a recognised
institution.
Japan A good Bachelors
honours degree, typically
with a score between 70% to
75% or B+ from a recognised
institution.
Kazakhstan Good Bakalavr
from a recognised university
with a minimum average of 4
out of 5.
Malaysia A good Bachelors
honours degree, typically with
a GPA of between 2.0 and 3.0
out of 4.0 from a recognised
institution.
Middle East Bachelors Degree
with a minimum GPA of 3 out of
4 from a recognised Institution.
Nigeria Good Bachelors
Honours Degree equivalent to a
2:1 or higher.
Pakistan Bachelors Degree
(four years) with a minimum
GPA of 3.0/ first class from a
recognised institution.
Russia Good Bakalavr or
a specialist Diploma from a
recognised Institution with a
minimum average of 4 out of 5.
Taiwan Bachelors Degree (four
years study) with good GPA
(usually 75% from a national
university; usually 80% from a
private university).
Thailand Bachelors Degree
with good GPA (usually 3.0 from
a good university).
Turkey Lisans Diplomasi with
minimum GPA of between 2.8 -
3.0 out of 4.0 from a recognised
institution.
Vietnam Good Bachelors
(Tot Nghiep Dai Hoc) Degree
(usually 7/10) from a recognised
Vietnamese university.
28 www.aston.ac.uk
29

Tuition fees and cost of living
Tuition fees for international (non-EU) students are fixed for the
duration of your programme at Aston. Most of Aston’s Masters
programmes are one year in duration and this offers considerable
savings when compared to other countries where Masters
programmes can take two years to complete. MPhil programmes
usually take two years to complete while (full-time) PhD/ DBA
programmes take three years to complete.
Your expenses will vary depending on your lifestyle and the
type of accommodation you choose, but the cost of living in the
Birmingham area is generally lower than many other parts of
the UK. As a guide, we recommend international students allow
approximately £800 per month to cover accommodation on
campus, food, books, clothes, local travel and spending money.
This amount is based on the living costs for a single person living
on campus.
Welfare and support
We take the needs of international students very seriously and
provide excellent support and advice throughout your time at Aston,
to ensure it is as worry-free as possible.
The University’s extensive welfare and support services for all
students include on-campus health services; the Advice Zone at
The Hub; the Students’ Union Advice & Representation Centre; the
Martin Luther King Multi-Faith Centre and campus prayer rooms.
We also have a team of full-time International Student Advisers
based in the Advice Zone at The Hub who can provide advice
and assistance on a range of issues such as immigration or Visa
renewal.
The International Student Advisers organise a welcome programme
as part of your orientation programme as a new student to help you
settle into University life. All international students will receive a predeparture
information pack, which includes useful information on
preparing to come to the UK.
Pre-sessional Programmes in English for
Academic Purposes
Key facts
4, 8, 12, 16 or 20 week programmes available
Start date
April, May, June, July or August depending on the programme (please
check our website for details.)
Entry requirements
To join one of the programmes, you will need to have taken an
internationally recognized English language test such as IELTS, TOEFL
IBT or Pearson Academic. The English language entry requirements
vary according to the length of programme (refer to our website).
If you have already met the English language entry requirements
for your MA/MSc/PhD, you can follow our new 4-week preparatory
course in academic skills. Please see our website for further
information.
Modules
For module details please visit our website.
Key benefits:
Gain the relevant language and
academic skills necessary for
success on your future course
Develop your English language
competence and communication
skills
Become more confident about
studying in a linguistic and cultural
environment different from your own
Develop your intercultural
awareness and competence within
culturally diverse contexts
Work with highly qualified
teaching staff with broad teaching
experience.
Scholarships
For information on scholarships provided by Schools visit:
www1.aston.ac.uk/international-students/finance/
internal-scholarships
English language entry requirements
To ensure that you will be successful in your studies at Aston,
we look for strong evidence that you have a good level of written
and spoken English before you are accepted onto any of Aston’s
programmes. This is to ensure that you are able to cope with the
demands of our programmes.
To be accepted onto our programmes, you must be able to satisfy
the University’s English language requirements. The level required
will depend on the programme you are applying for.
Aston University runs a selection of pre-sessional English language
programmes for students. There is an IELTS test centre so you can
register for IELTS classes and tests.
For more information visit our website at:
www.aston.ac.uk/international-students/admissions-advice/
english-language-requirements
IELTS and the IELTS
Test Centre
IELTS is the International English
Language Testing System. It measures
ability to communicate in English across
all four language skills – listening,
reading, writing and speaking - and has
been developed for people who intend
to study or work where English is the
language of communication.
IELTS is the internationally recognised
system for assessing the English
language proficiency of non-native
speakers and is jointly managed by the
British Council, Cambridge ESOL and
IDP Education in Australia.
More than 6,000 education institutions,
government agencies and professional
organisations recognise the IELTS
testing system globally.
The test is taken by over one million
people a year, across 120 countries
worldwide.
Aston University has a fully accredited
IELTS Test Centre.
Learning and teaching methods
We use a variety of innovative and engaging teaching methods which
include interactive workshops, seminars, tutorials, lectures as well as
small-group work and private study. A variety of multimedia materials
are regularly used in class and can be accessed online via our Virtual
Learning Environment. There are also opportunities for individual
project work and off-campus visits.
Assessment and feedback
These are intensive programmes which require commitment to
studying and learning. The assessment of your performance on
the courses will be based on attendance, punctuality, participation
in class, team-working ability, written assignments, individual and
group oral presentations, class tests, examinations and an individual
research project.
Your lecturers will provide you with support and guidance throughout
your course and you will receive detailed feedback on your progress at
regular intervals in tutorials.
Programme overview
Our 20, 16, 12 and 8 week Pre-sessional Programmes in English
for Academic Purposes are intended for international students who
plan to study at Aston University and who have not yet achieved the
English Language test scores needed for entry onto their course.
The 4 week programme is a preparatory course in academic skills
and is intended for students who have already met the direct
English language entry requirements.
Normally the department which you are applying to for your
Masters or PhD will specify in your offer letter which course
you need to take. These programmes aim to equip you with the
language and academic skills necessary for success in your future
chosen subject area. You will also develop your communication
skills so that you feel more confident communicating in a cultural
environment different from your own.
Application & contact
T: +44 (0)121 204 3751
E: pre-sessional@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/presessional
-english-programmes
30 www.aston.ac.uk
31

– an amazing
place to live
Aston University is in the centre of the exciting and vibrant
city of Birmingham, home to over 70,000 students.
Birmingham, the UK’s second city, is internationally
recognised as a leader in leisure, entertainment, business,
shopping and sport. The city centre is a fusion of
attractive squares, fantastic shops, stunning architecture,
clubs, restaurants, museums, theatres and art galleries –
truly a world city.
To find out more, visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/birmingham
Multicultural diversity
Birmingham is a city of diverse cultures. The mix
of heritage and culture of people from across the
globe, who have brought with them new talents
and skills, has formed the distinctiveness of the
city and created a unique community.
Culture, entertainment and leisure
Living in Birmingham you can enjoy great nightlife,
shopping, sport and entertainment. The city’s parks
and gardens offer space to relax in the open air,
and there are plenty of opportunities to see and do
something new.
Birmingham’s cosmopolitan atmosphere really
shows itself in the variety of eating places in the city.
The Balti Triangle offers an unparalleled selection
of Indian restaurants, or visit Birmingham’s Chinese
Quarter for great food set in a colourful and vibrant
community that exists in the heart of the city.
Birmingham also hosts many festivals including the
International Jazz Festival, the Moseley Folk Festival
and the Comedy Festival, attracting big names. The
NEC and NIA host many of the UK’s major events,
concerts and exhibitions. The O2 Academy hosts
many big name indie, R&B, Hip Hop and dance
acts. There are a number of venues in the city
centre where you can see jazz and blues bands.
If you enjoy classical music, the Symphony Hall
is home to the City of Birmingham Symphony
Orchestra and the Birmingham Hippodrome is the
base for the Birmingham Royal Ballet and hosts
many touring musicals and theatre productions.
Some of the finest art collections in the world are
to be found in Birmingham. The City Museum and
Art Gallery, the Gas Hall and the Barber Institute of
Fine Arts provide spectacular settings for classical
and modern works, while the IKON Gallery hosts
contemporary exhibitions and installations.
Superb shopping is only a short walk from the
University Campus. The Bullring, Europe’s largest
city centre shopping development, has the
equivalent of over 26 football pitches worth of
shops, boutiques and restaurants.
Birmingham is at the heart of sporting action.
Football clubs, including Aston Villa and
Birmingham City, are within the city. Warwickshire
County Ground hosts International Test and county
cricket games; major tennis tournaments are held
at Edgbaston Priory; international golf tournaments
at The Belfry and the National Golf Centre (including
the Ryder Cup). A number of athletics events are
held at the Alexandra Stadium and the NIA.
Business and industry
Birmingham is a global centre for business,
commerce and industry. The city is home to
numerous UK and overseas banks, law firms
and Europe’s second largest insurance market.
The UK’s top accountancy and management
consultancy firms have their largest offices outside
London here, and the city has a thriving small
enterprise community. Aston’s strong links with
business and industry benefit our students.
Our courses are professionally relevant and leading
business men and women often come to Aston
to share their knowledge and experience through
guest lectures. There are fantastic opportunities for
our students to build valuable business networks
and contacts whilst at Aston, and many secure jobs
right here in Birmingham.
Discover Birmingham
on Twitter
#bullring
#birmingham
#mailbox
#brumlife
32 www.aston.ac.uk
33

programmes
36 Aston Business School
74 School of Engineering & Applied Science
104 School of Languages & Social Sciences
134 School of Life & Health Sciences
34 www.aston.ac.uk
35

Aston Business School
Aston Business School
BUSINESS
SCHOOL
Why choose us?
Aston Business School is one of the most inspirational and
innovative business schools in Europe. We are proud that
our students are among the most employable and globally
mobile in the world.
The positive, welcoming and warm environment of our
School ensures our students engage, learn and develop
rapidly while they study here. We are committed to ensuring
our students have a life-changing experience by acquiring
highly practical knowledge and skills so that they go on
to become outstanding leaders in their organisations and
communities around the world.
Taught Programmes
40 MBA Master of Business Administration
41 European Master in Management
42 Graduate Diploma in Law
43 LLM International Commercial Law
44 MSc Accounting and Finance
45 MSc Business and Management
46 MSc Business and Marketing Analytics
47 MSc Entrepreneurship and International
Business
48 MSc Finance and Financial Regulation
49 MSc Finance and Investments
50 MSc Human Resource Management
and Business
51 MSc Information Systems and
Business Analysis
52 MSc International Business
53 MSc Investment Analysis
54 MSc Islamic Banking and Finance
55 MSc Marketing Management
56 MSc Market Research and Consultancy
57 MSc Operational Research and
Performance Management
58 MSc Organisational Behaviour
59 MSc Organisational Psychology and Business
60 MSc Social Responsibility and Sustainability
61 MSc Supply Chain Management
62 MSc Strategy and International Business
63 MSc Work Psychology and Business
Research Programmes
64 MSc Management Research (by research)
65 Postgraduate Certificate in Business Research
and Consultancy
66 Executive DBA
67 PhD
Research Groups
69 Aston Law
70 Finance and Accounting Academic Group
71 Economics and Strategy Group
72 Marketing Academic Group
73 Operations and Information Management
Academic Group
To find out more, visit: www.aston.ac.uk/abs
36 www.aston.ac.uk
37

Aston Business School
Aston Business School
Studying at postgraduate level
Aston Business School is an inspirational learning community.
At Aston, we instil a winning business approach into our students.
By building and developing leadership skills, we shape the most
enterprising global leaders of the future.
We have an excellent track record for producing highly
employable graduates. For example we are ranked 3rd in the UK
and 4th in the world for careers in the Financial Times Masters in
Management 2012.
We tailor career support in parallel with your academic studies,
providing you with the employability skills and key qualities that
employers are looking for, setting you apart in today’s competitive
business environment.
We have an established global reputation for offering a unique
educational experience. We provide high quality education and
are among the elite 1% of business schools worldwide with triple
accreditation from AMBA, AACSB and EQUIS.
We put you at the heart of what we do, to provide a truly
transformational learning experience.
Study Abroad Programme
Aston Business School strives to meet the current needs of
employers and students in our globalised economy.
To achieve this, we have forged strong links with other elite
business schools worldwide, presenting our students with exciting
international study exchange opportunities.
There are three options:
Term 3 / End of Course Study Abroad Programme
Cultural Studies Summer Programme
Double Degree.
Term 3 / End of Course Study Abroad Programme
You can experience studying in another country and gain academic
credits towards your MBA degree or in addition to your MSc degree.
You can participate in this in term 3 (subject to your timetable and
the Course Director’s approval) or at the end of the course after
submitting your dissertation).
Partners include:
Business School, Queensland University of Technology,
Brisbane, Australia (MBA and MSc)
Antai College of Economics and Management,
Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai, China (MBA only)
EM LYON Business School, Lyon, France (MBA and MSc)
XLRI Jamshedpur School of Business and Human
Resources, Jharkhand, India (MBA and MSc)
RSM Erasmus University, Rotterdam, Netherlands (MSc only).
A full list of partner institutions can be found on the website.
Cultural Studies Summer Programme
You can also participate in our Cultural Studies Summer
Programme. This is designed as a cultural/academic
addition to your Aston degree and does not count
towards any credits. It is undertaken in the summer
period at the end of your final term of study.
Our partners are:
BI Norwegian Business School, Norway
Chinese University of Hong Kong,
Hong Kong, China
Hong Kong Polytechnic University,
Hong Kong, China
University of Ljubljiana, Slovenia
Korea University, South Korea.
Double Degrees
When you have successfully completed the taught part
of your Master’s course at Aston and have submitted
your dissertation, you may enrol in the final year of a
Grande Ecole MSc programme with one of our French
partners to gain a second Master’s degree.
Our partners are:
AUDENCIA Ecole de Management, Nantes
Bordeaux Ecole de Management (BEM),
Bordeaux
EDHEC Business School, Lille or Nice
ESC Toulouse, Toulouse
Grenoble Ecole de Management, Grenoble.
Rankings
Aston Business School is consistently recognised by
the most well-regarded rankings – an indication of our
high quality and valuable business education.
Financial Times Masters in Management 2012
5th in the UK
33rd in Europe
36th in the world
3rd in the UK and 4th in the world for careers.
Academic Groups
Aston Law
Finance and Accounting
Marketing
Operations and Information Management
Work and Organisational Psychology.
To find out more, visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/abs
MSc Standard Entry Requirements
To make an application onto one of the MSc
Programmes we require one of the following:
A good UK honours degree
(minimum lower second class)
Equivalent overseas degree recognised by
Aston University.
As well as:
Two professional references - at least one must
be from an academic referee (these must be
officially stamped and/or on letter headed paper
with professional contact details)
A completed application form.
Please note – If we have not received sufficient
evidence of analytical and quantitative skills within
your application we may request a minimum GMAT
score of 550 to support your application.
For International Students:
An official academic transcript with an official English
translation, of your university grades to date
International students who have not completed their
full degree in a native English speaking country will
also need to satisfy our English language
requirements with one of the following:
- IELTS score of 6.5 overall, with a minimum
score of 6.5 in writing and speaking and 6.0 in
listening and reading.
- TOEFL (Internet based test) score of 100
overall, with a minimum score of 23 in writing
and speaking and 22 in listening and reading.
- PEARSON ACADEMIC score of 61 overall with
a minimum of 61 in all 4 sections.
*Scores for these tests are valid for 2 years from the
date of the exam and must be no more than 2 years old
at the point of enrolment. If you have studied your full
degree in a native English speaking country this must
have been completed no more than 2 years before the
start of your chosen MSc programme, otherwise we will
ask for one of the above English tests.
Please note we may request applicants to take part in a
webcam interview for assessment purposes.
Pre-sessional English language programmes
are available for good applicants whose English
qualification falls just short of these requirements.
We cannot begin to assess your application unless
you include an official academic transcript of your
university grades so far. IELTS/TOFEL scores can be
sent at a later date.
Certain programmes have higher or more
specific entry requirements. Please see individual
programmes for more details.
38 www.aston.ac.uk
39

Aston Business School
MBA Master of Business Administration
Aston Business School
European Master in Management
Key facts
1 year full-time
27 months executive (part-time)/online
learning
Start date:
Full-time - October
(Executive) Part-time - Oct/Jan/April
Online learning - Oct/Jan
Specific entry requirements
Details of our specific academic and
professional entry requirements are
available at www.astonmba.com/apply
Fees
For the full list of fees and
payment options please visit
www.astonmba.com/fees
Scholarships and Bursaries
Scholarships of up to £5,500 to help
with the cost of tuition fees are available
for self-funded students from a wide
range of countries. Additional funding
is available for Aston alumni. For full
details, please visit our website
www.astonmba.com/fees
Accreditation
All modes of the Aston MBA are
accredited by the Association of
MBAs. Aston Business School is also
accredited by AACSB and EQUIS.
What are my career prospects?
Aston MBA graduates, supported by a
dedicated MBA Careers Adviser, go on
to succeed in a wide variety of careers
after they graduate. From banking
executives in Hong Kong, industrialists
in India and company presidents in
the USA – not to mention hundreds of
senior managers in the UK – the Aston
MBA can help open the door to career
success.
Application and contact
MBA Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3100
E: mba@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmba.com
Programme overview
The Aston MBA programme has been consistently recognised as
one of the leading MBA programmes in the world. All modes of study
– full-time, executive (part-time) and online learning – are accredited
by AMBA, EQUIS and AACSB. The programme is regularly highly
ranked by some of the key MBA rankings including The Economist.
All MBA modules feature corporate connections and an international
dimension. The majority of academic staff teaching on the MBA have
many years of industry experience and are at the cutting-edge of
research in their particular fields.
For more information please visit www.astonmba.com or request a
brochure from the MBA Office.
Outline of programme
The Aston MBA consists of ten core modules.
Core modules:
Accounting for Business
Business Finance
Organisational Behaviour
Marketing Management
Operations Management
Leadership Development
Business, Ethics and Responsibility
Strategic Management
Innovation and Entrepreneurship
Business Economics and Strategy.
In addition, students also participate in the Mindful Global Manager
(MGM) module, the personal development component of the
programme, students also choose two elective modules from a range
of different subjects. The MBA Project gives students the opportunity
to put into practice the skills and knowledge they have learnt and to
study in detail a subject of particular interest that has the potential to
contribute significantly to their career development. A specialist MBA
may be awarded on successful completion of the course with the
appropriate elective modules and MBA Project.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the course is complemented
by the MBA Project.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Brigitte Nicoulaud
After studying business in her native France, Dr. Brigitte Nicoulaud
obtained her MBA and PhD from Bradford. She has a strong
background in academia, management consultancy and training, and
contributes marketing modules towards the Aston MBA and Executive
Education programmes. She is a member of the Chartered Institute of
Marketing and co-author of a bestselling book on Marketing Strategy.
Programme overview
The European Master in Management, run jointly by Aston Business
School (UK), EMLYON Business School (France) and Ludwig
Maximilians Universität München (Germany), is a two-year general
management programme that allows you to study international
business from a European perspective. With its mix of academic study
and in-company internships, the programme prepares you for a career
in European and global business.
In the first two terms, you will study core management modules at
EMLYON. Following an extended in-company internship, the second
year will be devoted to your specialism: either Marketing at Aston
Business School, Corporate Finance at EMLYON Business School
or Organisation, Strategy and Change at Maximilians Universität
München, followed by a dissertation.
Students enrolled on this programme will receive an MSc degree from
each partner institution.
Outline of programme
Core modules enable the student to develop their competencies
across the full range of business and management specialisms. Areas
include corporate governance, corporate financial management,
human resource management, management accounting, information
systems, marketing management and entrepreneurship. Elective
modules are taken in the second year and will depend on your
intended specialisation.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a combination of
examinations, coursework and a substantial piece of research leading
to the completion of a dissertation, which may be completed within a
company.
Programme Directors
Dr. Kathryn Ainsworth
Kathryn is responsible for the strategic and academic management of
taught MSc courses. She teaches intercultural communication and her
current research interests include intercultural business competence
and the role of native language and international English in interactions.
Professor Tomasz Mickiewicz
Tomasz joined Aston Business School in January 2012. His previous
position was Professor of Comparative Economics at SSEES
University College London (since 2008), where he started as a
lecturer in 1996. Prior to that he spent one year as a researcher at the
University of California in Davis.
Key facts
2 years full-time
Start date: August
Specific entry requirements
Please see www.european-master.com
for the European Master in Management
specific entry requirements.
Fees
Please visit www.european-master.com.
Fees may be paid in three installments.
Scholarships and Bursaries
There are several scholarships available
to European and international EMM
students. These scholarships are limited
in number and are highly competitive.
They are granted under various criteria
depending mainly on coherence with the
programme’s mission and values such
as excellence, need and diversity.
What are my career prospects?
The European Master in Management
provides you with specific skills in
management as well as the intercultural
competencies required to conduct
business at an international level. You
have the opportunity to live and study
in at least two countries and so develop
a thorough understanding of cultural
characteristics essential to your future
career.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.european-master.com
Applications should be made
directly through the European Master
in Management website
40 www.aston.ac.uk
41

Aston Business School
Graduate Diploma in Law (GDL)
Aston Business School
LLM International Commercial Law
Key facts
1 year full-time (classes scheduled on 2
days a week)
2 years part-time (classes scheduled on
1 day a week)
2 years part-time (distance learning)
Start date: September
Specific entry requirements
UK Graduates - A degree in any subject
from the United Kingdom or the Republic
of Ireland.
Overseas Graduates - A Certificate
of Academic Standing from the relevant
professional body (the Solicitors
Regulation Authority or the Bar Council)
may be required for students seeking entry
with an overseas degree. Students will be
advised on application if this applies to
them. Please contact us for further advice
at gdladmissions@aston.ac.uk
Mature Students - The professional
bodies (Solicitors Regulation Authority
and Bar Council) allow entry to the GDL
without an undergraduate degree where
the applicant has significant professional
/ management experience. If you feel that
you meet this criterion, you will need a
Certificate of Academic Standing from
the professional bodies. We can give
you all the advice and support that you
need through this process. Contact us at
gdladmissions@aston.ac.uk
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.aston.ac.uk/law
What are my career prospects?
The Graduate Diploma in Law is the
fastest way to complete the academic
stage of training in order to become
a practising solicitor or barrister. After
completing the GDL, students intending
to become barristers can progress to
the Bar Professional Training Course
(BPTC) before starting as pupil barristers;
students intending to become solicitors
progress to the Legal Practice Course
(LPC) before starting as trainees. In
addition, to support with professional legal
skills, legal research, analysis and writing,
all students receive excellent support from
our award winning careers service.
Programme overview
If you are interested in a career in law and you have a degree or
management experience, then the Graduate Diploma in Law is the
fastest way to complete the academic stage of your legal training.
You will have the opportunity to participate in mooting and debating
competitions, and take part in other events and activities in preparation
for your legal career. A personal tutor will also provide one-to-one
support throughout your studies.
Outline of programme
The Aston Law GDL has been carefully designed to equip you with
the knowledge and skills necessary to move successfully into a legal
career. Based in the internationally acclaimed Aston Business School,
the Aston Law lecturers are passionate about teaching and have a
proven track record providing commercially intelligent legal education.
They publish widely in the leading professional and academic journals
and have authored some of the most popular student textbooks.
Core modules:
Introduction to Law and
Contract Law
Legal Research
Law of Torts
Criminal Law
Public Law
Law of the European Union Land Law
Law of Equity and Trusts Research Essay.
Teaching
You will learn through a series of lectures, interactive seminars and
practical workshops, many of which focus on real-life legal problems.
Our student-centred approach will give you an excellent foundation
for applying legal knowledge in practice. We will teach you how to
construct persuasive legal arguments and the commercial skills that
you will need to succeed in legal practice.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Odette Hutchinson
Odette is a Senior Lecturer in Law and a Teaching Champion. She is
passionate about teaching excellence and the enhancement of the
student experience at Aston University. She works at the forefront of
teaching innovation in legal education and devotes much of her time
to providing a personalised, and inspirational experience for Aston
students. In 2009 Odette was awarded the Aston Business School
Award for Innovation and Inspiration. In 2011 she was awarded
an Excellence Award for Outstanding Teacher of the Year and in
2013 won the prestigious national award ‘Law Teacher of the Year’,
sponsored by Oxford University Press.
Application and contact
Full-time Applications
W: www.lawcabs.ac.uk
Part-time and Distance Learning Applications
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: gdladmissions@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/gdl
Programme overview
This Innovative programme will prepare you for an international career
focused on the challenges of globalised markets and commercial
practices. It is designed for UK and international graduates who
have a background in either law or a business-related subject at
undergraduate level.
Outline of programme
The LLM International Commercial Law covers key concepts in
commercial law and the role of different aspects of law in business
and political contexts. You will deepen your knowledge of international
trade, regulatory frameworks and the legal provisions which impact on
commercial organisations. You will also gain an understanding of how
intellectual property rights are protected in the UK and globally.
In addition to helping you acquire international commercial law
expertise and cutting-edge business knowledge, the programme will
equip you with advanced research and writing skills.
Core modules:
Advanced Legal Research and Writing (all students)
English Legal Tradition and System (international students/
students with a non-law background only)
In addition to the core modules, you will choose a combination of
electives totalling 90 credits, or 60 credits if taking the English Legal
Tradition and System module.
Example elective modules:
Comparative Contract Law Intellectual Property Law
Comparative Corporate Law International Sales Law
Corporate Crime
International Business Ethics.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through examinations, except
for the Advanced Legal Research and Writing Module. Details
of the assessment criteria for each module can be found in the
applicable module outline. The taught element of the programme
is complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Claire Howell
Claire is a Senior Lecturer in Law and has taught at a number of Law
Schools including Cardiff, Birmingham and UWE Bristol. She teaches
company law and intellectual property law at both undergraduate and
postgraduate level and is keen to promote excellence in the teaching of
intellectual property. Claire acted as consultant to the European Patent
Office in the ‘Roadmap Project’ on teaching intellectual property in
the Slovenian universities. On behalf of ECAP111 AUNIP, Claire drafted
the Intellectual Property policy template to be used by the universities
in the ten countries in the Association of Southeast Asian Nations
(ASEAN). She is a founder and coordinator of the European Intellectual
Property Teachers Network and founder of the UK Intellectual Property
Teachers Network.
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific entry requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.aston.ac.uk/law
What are my career prospects?
The programme prepares students
for a wide range of potential career
paths, including in-house counsel in
an export-related industry, work in
global financial centres, regulatory
roles in governmental organisations
or international agencies, legal roles
in international banks, legal practice
overseas or an academic career.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: law@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/llm
42 www.aston.ac.uk
43

Aston Business School
MSc Accounting and Finance
Aston Business School
MSc Business and Management
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
An overview of core accounting
and finance processes suitable for
graduates from any discipline
Exemptions towards ACCA and
CIMA Chartered status
Develops your expertise in
accounting and finance alongside
the range of competencies
necessary for senior management
roles in these areas
One of the few programmes in the
UK which integrates the topics
of sustainability and corporate
governance into the curriculum
Students get an opportunity to
pursue short term and long term
courses in our partner universities
across the globe (subject to meeting
their admission requirements).
What are my career prospects?
This programme is designed for
those wishing to acquire expertise in
both accounting and finance, while
developing the necessary skills for
senior management roles in those areas.
Examples of positions secured by recent
graduates include; Junior Auditor –
Ernst & Young, Auditor – Deloitte and
Touche, Financial Analyst – Rhodia,
Chartered Accountant – Grant Thornton
and Project Manager – United Nations
Organisation Senior Accountant –
Matson, Driscoll and Damico LLP.
Programme overview
This programme provides students with a solid understanding of
accounting and finance principles. It has been designed for graduates
from any academic discipline who wish to become senior business
managers or seek a career in accounting and finance.
Outline of programme
The taught modules will give you a clear understanding of the joint
role of accounting and finance in ensuring successful operations in a
range of business settings, including financial, non-financial and public
sector organisations and in providing information to interested parties.
Complete outlines for all modules are available online.
Core modules:
Management Accounting (Double Module)
Business Finance
International Finance
Applied Research Methods
Sustainability Accounting and Accountability
Financial Accounting and Reporting
Corporate Governance, Regulation and Compliance.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a dissertation/project.
Professional exemptions
Successful completion of this programme leads to exemptions
from professional accountancy bodies the Association of Chartered
Certified Accountants (ACCA) and the Chartered Institute of
Management Accountants (CIMA). You will still need to secure
professional training and complete further exams in order to become
fully qualified in accountancy, but these exemptions demonstrate to
future employers your commitment and potential to complete sector
qualifications.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Ataur Belal
Ataur is a Senior Lecturer in accounting at Aston Business School and
has extensive international teaching experience. His principal research
interest lies in the area of social and environmental accounting. His
teaching interests are social and environmental accounting, financial
accounting and international accounting. He has presented his
research at many international conferences and been published in
journals including Accounting, Auditing and Accountability Journal,
Critical Perspectives on Accounting and Journal of Business Ethics.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Programme overview
The MSc in Business and Management is appropriate for graduates
whose undergraduate degree is from a non-business subject area. This
programme provides a comprehensive focus on key areas of business
education and will therefore complement a first degree for students of
engineering, the sciences and humanities.
Outline of programme
Core modules taught on this MSc will enable you to develop a wide range
of business and transferable skills and knowledge demanded by graduate
employers. These include interpreting financial statements, developing
marketing and pricing strategies, and understanding strategy and
innovation processes. The wide range of elective modules available on this
programme enables students to develop skills across a range of business
functions including Marketing, HR, Finance and Operations. Complete
outlines for all compulsory and elective modules are available online.
Core modules:
Accounting for Non-Financial
Managers
People and World
Organisations
Marketing Management
Example elective modules:
Management of Innovation
Economic Environment of
Business
Entrepreneurial Strategies
International Business
Strategy
Business Finance
International Finance
International Marketing
Management
Operations Management
Strategic Management
Applied Research Methods
e-Marketing
Marketing Channels and
Strategic Sales Force
Management
International Operations
Managing Multi-Organisation
Enterprises
Quality Management
Strategic Global Outsourcing
and Offshoring.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of the programme.
You should ensure that your choice of elective modules is consistent
with your intended dissertation topic area.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Chris Owen, BEng MBA CEng MIET
Chris Owen is a Teaching Fellow in Aston Business School specialising
in Operations and Supply Chain Management. Before joining Aston,
he was a Senior Consultant in PwC Consulting in the Operations
Competency. Over seven years with PwC Chris worked on a number
of assignments with clients across a variety of sectors including
Banking, Aerospace, Industrial Products and Construction. Chris has
international experience having worked in Germany, Italy, the US and
China, and has research interests in Operations Management, Supply
Chain Management, Modelling and Simulation.
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
An overview of core business and
management processes suitable for
graduates from any discipline
Specialise in a particular area of
business and management through
an extended research project and
wide range of elective modules
Develops the wide range of
competencies valued by graduate
employers internationally.
What are my career prospects?
This programme prepares you for a wide
range of professional and management
careers across sectors including
accountancy, marketing, operations,
HR and strategic management. Recent
jobs taken by graduates of this course
include; Management Consultant at
Deloitte, Financial Analyst at PwC,
Business Analyst at BT, Marketing
Specialist at Starbucks, Account
Development Manager at Coors
Brewery and Production Analyst at Nike.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
44 www.aston.ac.uk
45

Aston Business School
MSc Business and Marketing Analytics
Aston Business School
MSc Entrepreneurship and International Business
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
In addition to the Aston Business School
standard entry requirements outlined on
page 39, candidates must have strong
quantitative skills.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Develops the quantitative skills
needed to understand and engage
with complex markets
Deepens your understanding of
statistical and econometric methods
Enhances your ability to think
critically and make decisions in a
marketing context.
What are my career prospects?
The programme prepares students
for a range of specialist careers as
consultants, managers and business
analysts. Modern businesses have
a great need for professionals with
analytical planning skills, especially
in their marketing departments.
Companies such as Amazon and
Netflix were pioneers in using marketing
analytics as the cornerstone of their
business, and many companies today
have followed their example. Business
analysts are particularly in demand in
UK businesses.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Programme overview
The MSc Business and Marketing Analytics combines training
in the broader area of Analytics, covering the statistical analysis
and optimisation methods used in business decision making, with
specialised training in Analytics for marketing purposes. It provides
an excellent opportunity for anyone wanting to take part in reshaping
the way in which the corporate world conducts its business.
Outline of programme
The MSc Business and Marketing Analytics equips students with the
quantitative skills needed to understand and engage with complex
markets. Students will deepen their knowledge of statistical and
econometric methods, data mining for managerial decision making,
market research and marketing management. The programme aims
to refine and enhance students’ ability to think critically and provide
a profound understanding of marketing principles, giving graduates
a competitive edge in this challenging area of business. Complete
outlines for all compulsory and elective modules are available online.
Core modules:
Marketing Management
Statistical and Econometric Methods
Operational Research Methods
Data Mining for Managerial Decision Making
Performance Measurement in Practice
Market Analytics
Career and Project Skills.
Elective modules (choose one):
Foundations in Business System
Supply Chain Management
Effective Management Consultancy.
Then choose either:
Marketing Research
Marketing Strategy.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Ozren Despic
Ozren’s research interest is in the area of mathematical modelling
and decision making. Ozren has a great amount of international
experience, having lived, studied and worked in many different
countries over the past 20 years. He is a devoted teacher and he
brings his consulting work in optimising various business processes
directly to the classroom.
Programme overview
Entrepreneurial and innovation driven firms from mature, emerging
and developing economies are increasingly taking advantage of
global markets and seeking to improve their international strategies
and operations. Therefore, development of entrepreneurial and
innovation skills, combined with understanding of the international
business environment, are increasingly important for those entering a
career in business.
Outline of programme
The MSc in Entrepreneurship and International Business aims to
develop students’ understanding of the global business environment
and the factors that should inform both entrepreneurial business
decisions and business organisation conducive to experimentation
and change. It also develops the analytical and strategic skills needed
to set up and manage new enterprises in the national and international
contexts and the knowledge required for innovation based business
strategies.
Core modules:
Entrepreneurial Strategies
International Business
Entrepreneurship and Innovation in Emerging Economies
Management of Innovation
Strategic Management
Business Research Methods.
Choose three modules from the following list:
Economic Environment of Intellectual Property Strategy
Business
and Management
Marketing Management
Strategy, Change and
International Marketing
Leadership
Business Finance
Strategic Business
Sustainability
International Finance
Strategic Global
Outsourcing and Offshoring.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. In addition to the taught modules, you will prepare a
dissertation which will either be a business plan for an entrepreneurial
venture or an investigation with a focus on entrepreneurship. The
Business Research Methods module will introduce the skills necessary
for preparing the dissertation and a supervisor will guide your work on
the dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Professor Tomasz Mickiewicz
Tomasz joined Aston Business School in January 2012. His previous
position was Professor of Comparative Economics at SSEES
University College London (since 2008), where he started as a
lecturer in 1996. Prior to that he spent one year as a researcher
at the University of California in Davis.
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Develops an understanding of
the global business environment
and the factors that should inform
entrepreneurial business decisions
and business organisation
conducive to experimentation and
change
Develops the analytical and
strategic skills needed to set up
and manage new enterprises in the
national and international contexts
and the knowledge required
for innovation based business
strategies.
What are my career prospects?
This degree is aimed at students
who either wish to set up their own
businesses or further develop existing
entrepreneurial businesses especially in
the context of international opportunities
and threats. It is also a suitable first
step for students who wish to pursue
research or academic careers in
entrepreneurship or international
business.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
E: www.astonmsc.com
46 www.aston.ac.uk
47

Aston Business School
MSc Finance and Financial Regulation
Aston Business School
MSc Finance and Investments
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
In addition to the Aston Business School
standard entry requirements outlined on
page 39, candidates must have:
- A good UK honours degree
(minimum lower second class) in
one of the following areas:
Finance, Accounting, Law
with Finance and/or Accounting.
Business Studies entrants should
demonstrate some prior
understanding of Finance, Law and/
or Accounting at an undergraduate
level
- Equivalent overseas degree
recognised by Aston University.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Expand your expertise in economic
and regulatory environments
Develop an understanding of
economic processes across a range
of national contexts
Learn how to interpret accounting
information and understand the
complex financial frameworks in
which companies operate
Students get an opportunity to
pursue short term and long term
courses in our partner universities
across the globe (subject to meeting
their admission requirement.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is designed for
candidates wishing to pursue a career in
finance in the private and public sectors
as well as those wishing to pursue a
career in financial regulation with financial
regulatory bodies and financial institutions
such as banks. The programme is also
suitable for those wishing to pursue more
advanced studies, such as a PhD, on
completion of the course.
Programme overview
This programme is designed to offer specialist and integrated
instruction in both Finance and Financial Regulation. The programme
will be attractive to graduates who wish to broaden their knowledge
and understanding of the operations of firms, organisations and
markets within their financial, economic and regulatory environments.
It will also appeal to graduates wishing to pursue regulatory and
compliance based careers.
Outline of programme
The taught modules are designed to enable you to appreciate and
understand both finance and financial regulation. Complete outlines for
all modules are available online.
Core modules:
Corporate Governance, Regulation and Compliance
Law of Banking and Financial Regulation
Law of Corporate Finance and Securities Regulation
Business Finance
International Finance
Applied Research Methods
Financial Accounting and Reporting.
Elective modules (choose one):
Islamic Commercial Law
Sustainability Accounting and Accountability.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research. Successful
completion of both the taught and research parts of the programme
leads to the completion of the degree.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Ataur Belal
Ataur is a Senior Lecturer in accounting at Aston Business School and
has extensive international teaching experience. His principal research
interest lies in the area of social and environmental accounting. His
teaching interests are social and environmental accounting, financial
accounting and international accounting. He has presented his
research at many international conferences and been published in
journals including Accounting, Auditing and Accountability Journal,
Critical Perspectives on Accounting and Journal of Business Ethics.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Programme overview
This high quality teaching programme blends finance theory with
practical applications and research tools. The knowledge and the skills
developed enable students to complete a research-led dissertation and
in the summer term, students are provided with preparation and revision
classes for the CFA programme part one. The facilities and equipment
used on the programme are of the highest standard, giving you access
to the most innovative tools available. These include a dedicated
Reuters trading room facility, asset market trading simulations and a
range of databases.
Outline of programme
The programme is designed to develop a knowledge of financial
market structures, an understanding of the main decision-making
areas in finance and investments and the ability to apply mathematical
and statistical decision-making techniques. All students also have the
opportunity to complete the Reuters Certification programme during
their studies. Complete outlines for all modules are available online.
Core modules:
Valuation of Investments (Double Module)
Market Microstructure
Quantitative Methods for Finance
Financial Econometrics
Finance Theory and Practice
Business Finance.
Elective modules (choose one):
Trading Techniques
International Finance.
Assessment
Taught modules are assessed by examinations and coursework. The
taught element of the programme is complemented by a substantial
piece of research leading to the completion of a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Professor Patricia Chelley-Steeley
Patricia’s current research focuses on market microstructure and
experimental finance, particularly the following areas: equity market
integration; the influence of the trading system, portfolio predictability
and asset market liquidity.
Many of the academics teaching on the programme have previously
worked in the finance industry, for example in hedge funds, in portfolio
management, at The Bank of England or undertaking financial
consultancy.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
Candidates must have a good level of
quantitative and analytical skills. While
it is anticipated that most applicants will
have studied finance or economics at
undergraduate level, this programme is
also appropriate for students with good
first degrees in mathematics, statistics,
computing, engineering or the sciences.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Understand core decision making
areas in finance and investments
Practise your skills in a dedicated
Reuters dealing room facility, and
gain Reuters certification
Expand your awareness of financial
markets and the financial challenges
that face organisations.
What are my career prospects?
This programme will provide you with
knowledge, understanding and skills
appropriate to careers in the financial
and insurance sectors, including
financial analysis, stock broking, market
trading, investment and commercial
banking, investment regulation and
corporate finance. Potential employers
include investment and retail banks,
specialist finance houses, investment
management companies, business
services consultancies, insurance/
reinsurance companies, pension
funds, regulatory bodies and specialist
actuarial and underwriting practices.
Recent jobs taken by graduates of this
course include; Investment Banker at
Bualuang Securities PCL, Management
Trainee at Bank of China (Beijing), and
Risk Analyst at Barclaycard.
This programme is also appropriate for
those intending to pursue a PhD in a
finance or related area.
48 www.aston.ac.uk
49

Aston Business School
MSc Human Resource Management and Business
Aston Business School
MSc Information Systems and Business Analysis
Key facts
1 year full-time
2 years part-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Study human resources within the
broader context of management
studies
Completion achieves the knowledge
criteria for Chartered Membership of
the CIPD.
What are my career prospects?
This programme prepares you for a
wide range of roles in the related fields
of HR, Personnel and Recruitment, and
is designed to reflect the full range of
industry sectors in which HR influences
people and organisations. Graduates
of this programme are currently
employed in a variety of contexts, from
multinational organisations to local
SMEs in every sector.
Accreditation
This programme is fully accredited by
the Chartered Institute of Personnel
and Development (CIPD) and meets the
requirements of the CIPD Advanced Level
Qualifications. On successful completion
of the degree, students will bank the
knowledge criteria for the new Chartered
Membership grade of the CIPD.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Programme overview
The programme aims to develop your understanding of the theory and
practice of people management in work organisations, addressing the
skills required for effective analysis and policy formation. The course is
distinctive in grounding the study of HRM within the broader study of
management, with an emphasis on change management and strategy.
Module outlines are available online.
Outline of programme
Our excellently rated MSc programme is fully accredited by the largest
internationally recognised HR professional body, the Chartered
Institute of Personnel and Development (CIPD), providing you with the
ideal qualification for developing your career in HR.
Core modules:
Organisational Behaviour
Strategy, Change and
Leadership
Strategic and International
Human Resource
Management
Assessment, Performance
and Reward
Learning and Talent
Development
Employee Relations in
Context
Employment Law
Research Methods in
Human Resource
Management and Business.
Skills workshops
In addition to these taught modules students will also be required to
participate In a number of skills workshops designed to develop their
core HR professional skills.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a project.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Directors
Dr. Jonathan Crawshaw
Jonathan’s PhD research focused on the relationships between
individual and organisational career management strategies, with
particular focus on the role of fairness and justice in employees’
evaluations of, and reactions to, organisational career management
practices. His research now explores the career strategies of HR
professionals, and has been published in internationally regarded
journals. He is a regular contributor to important international
conferences on HRM.
Dr. Nicholas Theodorakopoulos (Part-time route)
Nicholas holds an award winning PhD in the field of Strategic
Entrepreneurship and is an active member of the Aston Centre for
Human Resources. His research and teaching focus is on strategic
management, entrepreneurial learning and innovation, and diverse
entrepreneurship. His papers have won international recognition, and
he has an excellent track record for securing research funding. He also has
over 10 years of business experience in the private and public sectors.
Programme overview
This programme is designed to give you an expert understanding of
how information systems support the business and its operations.
Through its specialist career pathway, the programme gives you
in-depth knowledge and experience to prepare you for a range of
careers in IS consultancy, business analysis and management.
Outline of programme
The programme equips students with the technical, organisational
and people skills needed to develop business systems and manage
Information Systems projects in practice. Students are able to practise
these valuable skills within a dedicated e-business studio with a
wide range of up-to-date equipment and facilities. A core workshop
module allows students the opportunity to act as consultants, creating
a fully working information system within a realistic but supportive
environment. Complete outlines for all modules are available online.
Core modules:
Foundation in Business Systems
Developing Business Systems Workshop
Managing Projects
Learning, Skills and Career Development.
Elective modules:
Business Intelligence
Simulation for Managerial Decision Making
Advanced Spreadsheets and Databases (ES, BA)
Enterprise Resource Planning
Operations Management
Information Systems Management.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a project.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Paul Bocij
Paul is a Teaching Fellow in Aston Business School, specialising in ICT,
information systems and e-business. He is the author of numerous
books related to technology and is one of the writers behind Business
Information Systems, one of the UK’s most successful textbooks. He
is a Chartered Information Technology Professional and a member
of the British Computer Society. His industry experience spans more
than 25 years.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Understand the ways in which
information systems support
businesses and their operations
Gain specific expertise through the
specialist career pathway
Unique personal and career
development module runs
throughout the programme.
What are my career prospects?
The programme prepares you for a range
of specialist careers in consultancy,
management and business analysis. Due
to the importance of information systems
in all organisations, the programme can
also lead to general organisational and
project management careers. Recent
ISBA graduates found employment
with Capgemini, Roland Berger, Target
Group, Barclays and others, working in
roles as consultants, business analysts,
software architects and web systems
developers. Some graduates go on to
further study with partner institutions
or study for professional examinations
in order to enhance their qualifications
further still. In addition, some of our
graduates work with charities or NGOs
in their home countries or become selfemployed.
We are especially proud of the
large proportion of ISBA graduates who
have entered careers in consultancy or
business analysis.
W: www.astonmsc.com
50 www.aston.ac.uk
51

Aston Business School
MSc International Business
Aston Business School
MSc Investment Analysis
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Expand your understanding of
core business functions and their
role in international business and
commerce
Highly ranked in the FT Masters in
Management
Opportunity to study at one of our
partner institutions in a European
country
Develop the range of competencies
valued by graduate employers
internationally.
What are my career prospects?
This programme prepares you for a
wide range of careers in businesses and
organisations engaged in international
activities. These opportunities exist across
business functions and sectors including
accountancy, marketing, operations, HR
and strategic management. Employment
destinations for this course cover all
the main business areas, jobs including
consultancy and business analysis,
marketing, business development
and sales management, finance and
purchasing. Recent examples of jobs
taken by graduates of this programme
include: Managing Director – PLG
Photovoltaic (India) and Consultant –
Capgemini Consulting.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Programme overview
This MSc International Business focuses on the links between
major business functions and their role in international business
and commerce. Students will develop an appreciation of the special
requirements for successfully conducting business activities across
national boundaries, alongside an understanding of relevant theories
and their application to real business issues. You will have an
opportunity to visit one of our European partner institutions. The study
visit programme typically includes lectures by staff from the partner
institution and company visits.
Outline of programme
The programme covers core areas of international business, strategic
management and business economics. The wide range of elective
modules offered in addition enables students to develop skills in a
specific business function linked to international business (finance,
marketing, or operations management) or pursue other related
areas such as entrepreneurial strategies and business sustainability.
Complete outlines for all modules are available online.
Core modules:
International Business
Advanced Topics In International Business
Strategic Management
Economic Environment of Business
Business Research Methods.
Example elective modules:
Accounting for Non-Financial
Managers
Marketing Management
International Marketing
Management
International Finance
Strategy, Change and
Leadership
Strategic Business
Sustainability.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Directors
Kirit Vaidya
Kirit is a Senior Lecturer in Business Economics. His research interests
are industrial development strategies in emerging economies and
employment generation in developing countries. Recent projects
include “Shifting comparative advantage of Chinese manufacturing
sectors” and “Employment generation through public works in South
Africa, Nepal and Cambodia”.
Dr. Stephanie Decker
Stephanie is a Senior Lecturer in International Business. Prior to
joining Aston she held appointments at Harvard Business School,
University of Liverpool, London School of Economics and Humboldt
University, Berlin.
Programme overview
This programme is ideal for graduates who have some experience
in finance, economics or a mathematical subject. It will provide
students with knowledge, understanding and the skills appropriate
for careers in the financial sector or a related industry. It is also an
excellent qualification for those wishing to enter a career in financial
management as well as offering a range of modules on finance theory.
The programme has a strong focus on practical application of finance
within a trading or corporate setting. In the summer term, students are
provided with preparation and revision classes for the CFA programme
part one. The programme culminates in a financial analyst evaluation
of a live company for your dissertation.
The facilities and equipment used on the programme are of the highest
standard, giving you access to the most innovative tools available.
These include a dedicated Reuters dealing room, asset market trading
simulations and a range of databases.
Outline of programme
You will study equity, debt and derivative markets in domestic and
international sectors. You will discover how to undertake security
valuation and portfolio management as well as learning about the
key techniques used by financial traders. The knowledge and skills
from the taught modules will be blended together for the investment
analysis projects. Students are encouraged to complete the Reuters
Certification – a recognised professional qualification. Complete
outlines for all modules are available online.
Core modules:
Valuation of Investments (Double Module)
Quantitative Methods for Finance
Trading Techniques
Security Analysis
Investment Management
Business Finance
International Finance.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a dissertation.
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
You must have quantitative and
analytical skills. Applicants will have
studied some finance, economics
or other quantitative modules at
undergraduate level. Please see page
39 for Aston Business School standard
entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Expand your understanding of
markets and organisations and the
financial frameworks in which they
operate
Practise your skills in a dedicated
Reuters dealing room facility, and
gain Reuters Certification
Enhance your analytical portfolio
through undertaking a financial
analyst evaluation of a live company.
What are my career prospects?
This programme provides you with
the knowledge, understanding and
skills appropriate to careers in the
financial, insurance and corporate
sector, such as financial and investment
analysis, stockbroking, market trading,
investment and commercial banking and
corporate finance.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
52 www.aston.ac.uk
53

Aston Business School
MSc Islamic Banking and Finance
Aston Business School
MSc Marketing Management
Key facts
1 year full-time
24-36 months part-time
24-36 months part-time (online)
Start date: Full-time/part-time -
September
Online - January or October
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Islamic finance is a fast developing
industry in the UK
Provides a unique perspective on
finance, combining conventional and
Islamic views.
What are my career prospects?
This programme prepares you to
enter a wide range of professional and
management careers in accountancy,
business services for Islamic banking,
Shariah-compliant investment and
Insurance.
Students have benefited from MSc
placements with companies including;
Islamic Bank of Britain, Islamic Relief
and the Debt Company. Our graduates
have secured jobs with New York Stock
Exchange Euronext, Islamic Bank of
Britain and Aston Business School.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Programme overview
The MSc in Islamic Banking and Finance provides you with a strong
foundation in the principles and practice of Islamic finance, as well as
new skills and analytical tools to give a sound basis for financial decision
making. An online version of the course is also available.
Outline of programme
Module Guide
The programme covers core areas of international business, strategic
management and business economics. The wide range of elective
modules offered enables students to develop skills in a specific
business function linked to international business (finance, marketing,
or operations management) or pursue other related areas such as
entrepreneurial strategies and business sustainability. Complete
outlines for all modules are available online.
Core modules:
Applied Research Methods
Financial Accounting and Reporting
Islamic Accounting and Reporting
Islamic Banking and Insurance
Islamic Commercial Law
Islamic Economics, Business and Finance
Corporate Governance Regulation and Compliance.
Elective modules (choose one):
Business Finance
Business Ethics, Responsibility and Human Rights
Sustainability Accounting and Accountability.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director (acting)
Dr. Kathryn Ainsworth
Kathryn is responsible for the strategic and academic management of
taught MSc courses. She teaches intercultural communication and her
current research interests include intercultural business competence
and the role of native language and international English in interactions.
Postgraduate Certificate in Islamic Banking
and Finance
For students who cannot gain direct entry to the MSc, this programme
offers 60 credits over four modules. Credits will count towards the
MSc if the candidate wishes to continue. The postgraduate certificate
is also suitable for those working in the conventional banking sector
who need to gain specialist knowldege in Islamic banking and finance.
Core Modules:
Islamic Accounting and Reporting
Islamic Banking and insurance
Islamic Commercial Law
Islamic Economics, Business and Finance
Programme overview
This MSc Marketing Management is designed to meet the needs of
graduates who have not previously specialised in marketing but now
wish to do so. The programme features specialist marketing modules,
an understanding and appreciation of other business functions within
organisations is also developed.
Outline of programme
Students will develop a knowledge and understanding of marketing
processes and procedures, including marketing research, marketing
planning and strategy, marketing communications and brand portfolio
building. In addition, modules taught will enable students to develop a
wide range of technical and transferable skills demanded by graduate
employers. Complete outlines for all modules are available online.
Core modules:
Marketing Management
Analysis for Dissertation Research
Marketing Research
Marketing Strategy.
Elective modules (choose four):
Accounting for Non-Financial Managers
Strategic Business Sustainability
Integrated Marketing Communications
Intellectual Property Strategy and Management
Consumer Behaviour
Strategic Brand Management
E-Marketing
Services Marketing
International Marketing Management
Strategic Management
Marketing Channels and Strategic Sales Force Management.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Geoff Parkes
Geoff comes to the role of PG Course Director with extensive board
level experience of marketing management gained from international
companies. His research interests lie in the areas of entrepreneurship
and marketing in the small firm. His background as a marketing
practitioner puts him in a unique position to study the relevance and
impact of marketing tools, models and theories on everyday marketing
practice and strategy development in real firms.
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
An overview of core marketing
management principles suitable for
graduates from any discipline
Develop marketing specialisms
alongside an understanding of other
business functions
Accredited by the Chartered
Institute of Marketing (CIM),
enabling direct entry onto the CIM
Professional Diploma in Marketing.
What are my career prospects?
This programme prepares you for a
wide range of general and specialist
roles in marketing including brand
management, market research, market
planning and product development,
promotion, media relations and
direct marketing. Recent jobs taken
by graduates of this course include;
Assistant Brand Manager at Procter
and Gamble and Marketing Specialist
at Starbucks.
Accreditation
This programme has been approved
and accredited by the Chartered
Institute of Marketing to provide
direct entry onto the CIM Professional
Diploma in Marketing and entry to
the Chartered Postgraduate Diploma
in Marketing with sufficient work
experience.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
54 www.aston.ac.uk
55

Aston Business School
MSc Market Research and Consultancy
Aston Business School
MSc Operational Research and Performance Management
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
In addition to the standard entry
requirements outlined on page
39, candidates must demonstrate
strong analytical skills gained from a
business and management-related
degree or from a degree in a numerate
or quantitative subject, such as
psychology, economics, quantitative
sociology, engineering or computing.
Students from an arts or humanities
background will be considered,
supported by evidence of analytical
ability; we may request additional tests
as appropriate. Those with significant
practical experience in a market
research role will also be considered.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Develop the in-depth knowledge of
market research principles needed
to execute robust and effective
market research
Explore advanced market research
methods with a practitioner
perspective
Expand your theoretical knowledge
in an applied and supportive
environment.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is designed to equip
you with a very transferrable skill set
that allows multiple career options.
Successful students will be able to
design and implement robust market
research programmes, as well as
interpret outcomes to the highest level.
These skills are primarily used in data
driven environments, and it is likely that
most graduates will pursue careers
in marketing management, market
research or consultancy roles. The
qualification also provides an excellent
foundation for those wishing to pursue
doctoral education.
Programme overview
In dynamic and turbulent competitive markets, organisations
increasingly rely on timely and rigorous market-based information
to inform strategic decision-making. New in 2013, the MSc Market
Research and Consultancy is designed to equip you with an in-depth
knowledge of market research principles and practice. It provides
a solid grounding in the essential skills and capabilities required
to execute robust and effective market research. It is perfect for
motivated students seeking a demanding and challenging programme
of study.
Outline of programme
Studying the MSc Market Research and Consultancy, you will
learn about advanced market research methods with a practitioner
perspective. The course is designed to develop your knowledge
by focusing on the application of strong theoretical principles in an
applied and supportive environment. You will gain an appreciation
of how rigorous data collection and analysis impacts on marketing
decision making.
Core modules:
Foundations of Market Research
Qualitative, Quantitative and Experimental Research Methods
Marketing Management and Consumer Behaviour Theories
Marketing Consultancy
Dissertation.
Assessment
The learning and teaching methods used throughout the course
will sharpen your oral and written skills, and your ability to make
persuasive and professional presentations. Group work will also
develop your negotiation and team-working skills. Assessment is
through a combination of examination, coursework, dissertation and
project work.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Professor Heiner Evanschitzky
Heiner is Professor and Chair of Marketing at Aston Business
School. He was formerly Professor of Marketing at the University
of Strathclyde, and has also worked as Assistant and Associate
Professor at the Marketing Centre at Muenster University (Germany)
and as Visiting Professor at University of St. Gallen (Switzerland). He
is widely published in specialist journals and proceedings, notably in
the field’s leading Journal of Marketing, Journal of Retailing, Journal
of the Academy of Marketing Science, Journal of Product Innovation
Management and Journal of Service Research. His research has won
several Best Paper Awards at leading marketing conferences.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Programme overview
This programme is especially suitable for those wishing to combine
the use of quantitative skills and information technology with modern
management methods for effective intervention in business decision
making and performance in organisations.
Outline of programme
You will study some of the most widely used mathematical and
statistical methods in managerial decision-making while also
becoming familiar with fundamental managerial disciplines and with
the potential offered by information technology. Complete outlines for
all modules are available online.
Core modules:
Supply Chain Management
Effective Management Consultancy
Statistical and Econometric Methods
Operational Research Methods
Data Mining for Managerial Decision Making
Advanced Performance Measurement
Performance Measurement in Practice
Career and Project Skills.
Elective modules (choose one):
Simulation for Managerial Decision-Making
Advanced Spreadsheets and Databases.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Ozren Despic
Ozren’s research interest is in the area of mathematical modelling
and decision-making. Ozren has a great amount of international
experience, having lived, studied and worked in many different
countries over the past 20 years. He is a devoted teacher and he
brings his consulting work in optimising various business processes
directly to the classroom.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
In addition to the Aston Business School
standard entry requirements outlined on
page 39, candidates must have strong
quantitative skills.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Develop the expertise necessary
to combine information technology
with modern management methods
Learn to identify and apply
appropriate mathematical and
statistical methods to managerial
decision-making
Develop the numerical, problemsolving,
and analytical skills
valued by graduate employers
internationally.
What are my career prospects?
Typical job roles entered by graduates
include operational researcher, project
manager, business analyst, risk analyst
and data analyst, with entry in some cases
through graduate training programmes.
All graduate employers recruiting to
business roles put a high premium on the
numerical, problem-solving and analytical
skills developed through this programme.
Key sectors recruiting postgraduates
with an organisational research
background include finance, management
consultancy, energy, transport/
logistics, marketing/market research,
manufacturing, defence, government
service and health. Recent jobs taken by
graduates of this course include; Financial
Consultant at Eurobank; Consultant at
Oxera Consulting; Operations Analyst at
Vodafone; Analyst at Sainsbury’s (UK);
Demand Forecasting Analyst at N Power;
Accountant at Proulebsi; Marketer at
Wave Marketing; Sales Executive at CPP;
and Civil Servant at OFWAT (UK).
56 www.aston.ac.uk
57

Aston Business School
MSc Organisational Behaviour
Aston Business School
MSc Organisational Psychology and Business
Key facts
1 year full-time
2 years part-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Deepen your understanding of the
behaviour of individuals and groups
across a range of organisational and
social contexts
Qualify in psychometric testing
(Levels A and B), additional fee
applies
Develop a range of competencies
in the areas of human resource
management and work psychology
valued by graduate employers
internationally.
What are my career prospects?
This programme prepares you
for a wide range of business and
management roles. it also provides an
excellent grounding for an academic
or research-based career. Recent
examples of jobs taken by graduates
of this programme include; Business
Development Manager – Infohrm; Health
Theme Manager – Walsall Council; HR
Representative – Suncore Energy; and
Business Specialist – St Jude Medical.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Programme overview
Organisational Behaviour involves the study of individuals and groups
within organisational and social contexts, and the study of internal
processes and practices as they affect those individuals and groups.
Our MSc programme is relevant to students looking to develop
careers either as general managers or organisational consultants, and
provides an excellent grounding for an academic or research-based
career. In addition we offer the opportunity to complete Level A and B
Psychometric Testing Training as defined by the British Psychological
Society.
Outline of programme
This programme is designed for graduates from diverse backgrounds
providing both a theoretical and practical grounding in Organisational
Behaviour. It will develop knowledge, understanding and skills relating
to human behaviour in the workplace, well-being of employees, HRM
and organisation effectiveness. Core modules address topics in
organisational behaviour and work psychology, and students select
two additional modules from those available within the Aston Business
School MSc.
Core modules:
Learning and Talent Development
Assessment, Performance and Reward
Organisational Behaviour: Theory and Practice
Research Methods in Human Resource
Management and Organisational Behaviour Strategy: Change and
Leadership.
Elective modules (choose two):
Accounting for Non-Financial Operations Management
Managers
Employee Relations and
Counselling
Strategic and International
Human Resource
Management
Marketing Management
Strategic Management
Management of Innovation
Economic Environment of
Business
Employee Relations in Context
Workplace Design and Health.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Claudia Sacramento
Claudia completed her PhD in Management at Aston in 2008 and
previously worked in Portugal as a consultant, providing training in
customer care skills, teamwork and management of conflict. She has
published various articles with her research interests in individual and
team creativity, team processes, team effectiveness, and stressors at
the work place.
Programme overview
This course is designed for graduates with a good first degree in
Psychology (not accredited by the British Psychological Society)
who intend to make a career as an organisational psychologist and
who also want to gain some wider business awareness. It gives
psychologists a unique opportunity to study business alongside
specialist work psychology modules. Organisational Psychology is at
the core of our understanding of healthy and effective organisations
and employees. There is world-wide demand for well-qualified work
psychologists and this course will enable you to operate within a global
workplace. Applicants who do not hold a first degree in Psychology
but would be interested in studying similar modules may wish to
consider the MSc in Organisational Behaviour.
Outline of programme
The overall aim of the programme is to develop your understanding,
from a predominantly psychological perspective, of the factors
associated with the effectiveness and well-being of people at work and
organisations. Complete outlines for all modules are available online.
Core modules:
Organisational Behaviour
Strategy, Change and Leadership
Research Methods in Human Resource Management and
Organisational Behaviour
Learning and Talent Development
Assessment, Performance and Reward
Employee Relations and Counselling
Workplace Design and Health.
Example elective modules:
Accounting for Non-Financial
Managers
Organisational Behaviour:
Theory and Practice
Strategic and International
Human
Operations Management
Strategic Management
Management of Innovation
Economic Environment of
Business.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Stephen Woods
Steve is a Senior Lecturer in the Work and Organisational Psychology
Group. Steve is well known in the UK and internationally for his work
on psychometrics, recruitment and selection, and personality trait
assessment and structure, publishing his work in peer-reviewed
journals, books, and at conferences. He is lead author of The
Psychology of Work and Organizations, published in 2010 by
CENGAGE Learning.
Key facts
1 year full-time
2 years part-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
A unique opportunity to deepen your
understanding of businesses and
places of work from a psychological
perspective
Expand your awareness of the
factors associated with the
effectiveness and well-being of
people at work
Develop the knowledge and skills
required of a practising work
psychologist.
What are my career prospects?
This course is relevant to those planning
careers in all organisational settings
in both the public and private sectors.
Recent jobs taken by graduates of this
course include:
- Training and Communications
Manager at WH Smith Travel
- Monitoring and Evaluation Manager
at NCH
- HR Assistant at Railtrack
- Management Team Trainer with the
Cambridgeshire Police
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
58 www.aston.ac.uk
59

Aston Business School
MSc Social Responsibility and Sustainability
Aston Business School
MSc in Supply Chain Management
Key facts
1 year full-time
2 years (up to max 3 years) Part-time or
distance learning
Start date: Full time - September.
Part time/distance learning - January.
Specific subject requirements
Please see page 39 for Aston Business
School standard entry requirements.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
An opportunity to study at a worldclass
business school with a real
commitment to ethics and the social
and natural environment*
An excellent learning experience that
develops intellectual, subject-based
and transferable skills to produce
informed and self-aware individuals
Flexible modes of study that meet
the needs of local, national and
international students.
* Awarded 1st Class Hons in the UK in The
People and Planet Green League 2012
What are my career prospects?
This programme combines both
academic and practical perspectives
relating to this area and would be
suitable for those interested in working
in roles related to Corporate Social
Responsibility and Sustainability in
commercial business, the public sector,
social enterprises or the not for profit and
charitable sectors. It also provides the
opportunity to study a specialist MSc for
those currently working in this area as well
as those who aspire to do so.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Programme overview
This programme adopts a trans-disciplinary approach, enabling
students to explore social responsibility and sustainability from
multiple perspectives in a business context.
Outline of programme
The course utilises academic and practical activities together with
a variety of philosophical and grounded perspectives that offer
opportunities to acquire detailed knowledge and understanding of
social responsibility and sustainability. The programme will enable
you to develop the capacity to work in a cross-disciplinary and
inter-professional manner. Additionally, you will acquire valuable and
enhanced lifelong learning skills and personal awareness, enabling you
to work independently and reflectively allowing you to give added value
to business practices at international, national and local levels as well as
to the wider society. Complete outlines for modules are available online.
Core modules:
Sustainability Accounting and Accountability
Business, Ethics, Responsibility and Human Rights
Strategic Business Sustainability
Strategy Leadership and Change
Communicating Sustainability
Corporate Governance Regulation and Compliance
Green Information and Operations Management
Public Policy, Social Responsibility and Sustainable Development
Research/Project Dissertation
The programme is also available online as a distance learning option.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed mainly through coursework
with some examinations. The taught element of the programme
is complemented by a substantial research project leading to the
completion of a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Directors
Carole Parkes
Carole is a Senior Lecturer (Ethics, Responsibility and Human Rights)
and Co-Director of Social Responsibility and Sustainability at Aston
Business School. As part of Aston’s commitment to the United Nations
(Global Compact) backed Principles of Responsible Management
Education (PRiME), Carole participates in forums for the PRiME, is a
leading member of the PRiME group, ‘Fighting poverty as a challenge
for business and management and regularly speaks at events on
responsibility and sustainability. Locally, Carole works with a range of
business and community groups.
John Blewitt
John is a Senior Lecturer (Sustainability and Media Communications).
His teaching addresses issues in communication, sustainability theory
and practice, urban sustainability and education. His research interests
include urban sustainable design, new media affordances, sustainability
communications, and the spatial dimension of inclusive economic
development. He is a Distinguished Schumacher Institute Fellow.
Programme overview
Key facts
On successful completion of this programme, you are expected to
have knowledge and understanding of:
Strategic decision-making/ policy and practice in the context of
the business environment locally, nationally and internationally Start date: October
The contribution of wider aspects of business areas, to be able to
integrate supply chain strategy/policy and practice with business
and organisational strategy
Theoretical and applied perspectives of Supply Chain
Management and Logistics
Specific areas of Supply Chain Management through the study of
specialist modules. These areas include: relationships, partnering,
ERP, simulation, purchasing, contracts, planning and optimisation
Outline of programme
Module guide
This programme requires you to study 9 taught modules, plus the
completion of a Major Project with a dissertation of up to 20,000
words. Each taught module involves up to 22 teaching hours including
tutorials, case studies and guest lectures. The programme runs
from October to September with examinations/assessments held in
December, March/April and June. The Major Project occupies the final
six months, being submitted in September.
Core modules:
Research Methods*
Multi-Organisational Enterprises and Enterprise Systems
Logistics and Transportation*
Managing Projects
Strategic Management*
Strategic Finance*
Operations Management
Simulation for Managerial Decision Making
Supply Chain Management*
MSc Project.
*Module delivered by School of Engineering and Applied Science
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Jane Andrews
Jane’s background is in Management Education; her PhD is
from Aston Business School. She has several years’ experience
working in the UK Public Sector. Her research interests focus on
Engineering Education, Education Policy and the Management of
Higher Education.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project.
Specific subject requirements
A first or good second class Honours
Degree from a UK academic
organisation or an overseas degree
recognised by Aston, or a degreeequivalent
professional qualification.
Qualifications from outside the UK or
a combination of qualifications and
experience will also be considered.
The MSc Admissions Office can
provide advice on whether non UK
qualifications are the equivalent of the
level of Honours Degree required.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need to
demonstrate English Language ability
(please see page 39 for details).
Key benefits
Designed to meet the needs of
recent graduates and those already
in employment who wish to acquire
specialist skills and knowledge in
Supply Chain Management, in order
that they may embark or progress
successfully on their chosen careers
Teaching delivered by staff from
Aston Business School and the
School of Engineering and Applied
Science
Fully accredited by the Chartered
Institute of Purchasing and Supply
(CIPS)
Fully accredited by the Chartered
Management Institute.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is suitable for
candidates seeking a career in the
Supply Chain Management sector,
particularly those who aspire to senior
management levels.
60 www.aston.ac.uk
61

Aston Business School
MSc Strategy and International Business
Aston Business School
MSc Work Psychology and Business
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: September
Specific subject requirements
In addition to the Aston Business School
standard entry requirements outlined on
page 39, candidates must have strong
quantitative skills.
Fees
For the latest information, please visit
www.astonmsc.com/fees
Key benefits
Expand your awareness of the
international dimension of strategy
and the ways in which this affects
the business environment
Explore strategy and international
business issues across a wide range
of national contexts
Develop the knowledge and skills
necessary to analyse company
strategy and confront complex
strategic challenges
Develop the ability to design
and evaluate internationalisation
strategies and operations.
What are my career prospects?
The unique combination of strategy and
international business in this programme
provides a solid foundation for a career in
a managerial position, either the private
or public sector, as a consultant. It also
provides an excellent foundation for
a doctoral degree in either strategy or
international business. Graduate positions
include employment at Roland Berger
Strategy Consulting; Airbus; Unilever;
Emerit Consulting; Network Rail; and
General Investment Management.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
Programme overview
With the increasing globalisation of business and the revolution in
information and communications technologies, no company can afford to
ignore the international dimension of strategy. Most, if not all, companies
require internationalisation strategies, be they simple export or franchising
arrangements, or complex and risky international joint ventures and/or
foreign direct investment. These activities require knowledge and skills in
understanding the international business environment. The MSc Strategy
and International Business provides a rigorous and comprehensive
coverage of strategy and international business issues in both developed
and developing countries and in the private and public sectors.
Outline of programme
The strategy component of the degree aims to give students the
knowledge and skills required to analyse companies’ strategic situations
and to solve complex strategic problems. The international business
component of the degree aims to develop the knowledge and skills
required for assessing and developing internationalisation strategies and
operations, as well as skills entailed in international and cross-cultural
management. Complete outlines for all modules are available online.
Core modules:
International Business
International Business Strategy
Strategic Management
Advanced Topics in Strategy
Business Research Methods.
Example elective modules:
Business Finance
Marketing Management
International Finance
Strategy, Change and
Leadership
International Marketing
Management
Strategic Global Outsourcing
and Offshoring
Uncertainty and Risk in
Business.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. All students must complete a year-long dissertation
project. The topic of the dissertation is developed in collaboration with
their selected supervisor, an expert in the chosen field. There are two
types of dissertation: 1) specialist topics and 2) consultancy-based
projects. Both types of project could be based either in qualitative or
quantitative data and primary or secondary (desk based) data.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Efstathios Tapinos
Efstathios is a Lecturer in Strategic Management, teaching strategy
related modules to both undergraduates and postgraduates. His research
focuses on the Strategy Development Process and the use of Strategy
Tools. He specialises in Performance Measurement/Management
(Balanced Scorecard) and Strategic Foresight (Scenario Planning).
Programme overview
Work Psychology is a topic at the core of our understanding of
healthy and effective organisations and employees. The programme
is designed for graduates with a good first degree in psychology who
strive for a career as work or organisational psychologists or want to
gain some wider business awareness. It gives psychologists a unique
opportunity to study business alongside specialist work psychology
modules and will enable students to operate within a global workplace.
Outline of programme
This programme emphasises the study of practical, real world
organisational and business issues, combined with the academic and
scientific rigour of occupational psychology as an applied science.
The Business School context provides an excellent perspective on the
application of occupational psychology in organisations, and gives the
programme an applied and relevant focus. Complete outlines for all
modules are available online.
Core modules:
Organisational Behaviour
Strategy, Change and Leadership
Research Methods in Human Resource Management and
Organisational Behaviour
Learning and Talent Development
Assessment, Performance and Reward
Employee Relations and Counselling
Workplace Design and Health.
Example elective modules (choose one):
Accounting for Non-Financial Strategic and International
Managers
Human Resource Management
Organisational Behaviour: Marketing Management
Theory and Practice
Operations Management.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed through a mixture of examinations
and coursework. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a substantial piece of research leading to the
completion of a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Steve Woods
Steve is a Senior Lecturer in the Work and Organisational Psychology
Group. Steve is well known in the UK and internationally for his work
on psychometrics, recruitment and selection, and personality trait
assessment and structure, publishing his work in peer-reviewed
journals, books, and at conferences. He is lead author of The
Psychology of Work and Organizations, published in 2010 by
CENGAGE Learning. Since 2001, Steve has worked as an
assessment consultant with private and public sector clients on
selection and development projects, most recently in South East Asia.
Key facts
1 year full-time
2 years part-time
Start date: Full time - September.
Part time/distance learning - January.
Specific subject requirements
In addition to the Aston Business School
standard entry requirements outlined
on page 39, UK candidates must have
obtained a BPS-accredited first degree.
Overseas applicants must have obtained
a recognisable equivalent.
Key benefits
Deepen your understanding of
the health and effectiveness of
organisations and their employees
Develop an awareness of the ways
in which psychological principles
can be applied across a range of
organisational contexts
Programme accredited by the
British Psychological Society (BPS).
Professional exemptions
Successful completion of the course
leads to the academic basis for the British
Psychological Society (BPS) Chartered
Occupational Psychology qualification.
Accreditation
The MSc Work Psychology and Business
is a British Psychological Society (BPS)
accredited postgraduate course in
Occupational Psychology.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is relevant to those
planning careers in all organisational
settings including both the public and
private sectors.
Application and contact
ABS Postgraduate Admissions Office
T: +44 (0)121 204 3200
E: abs-msc@aston.ac.uk
W: www.astonmsc.com
62 www.aston.ac.uk
63

Aston Business School
MSc Management Research (by research)
Aston Business School
Postgraduate Certificate in Business Research and Consultancy
Key facts
1 year full-time
2 years part-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 5 per year
Specific subject requirements
Normally, a first or upper second class
Honours Degree in an area relevant
to your intended area of research. For
students whose first language is not
English: either evidence that the degree
was taught in English; OR a TOEFL score
minimum of at least 105 or an IELTS score
minimum of 7.
Fees
UK/EU students – £3,900 (2013/14 fee).
International students – £11,500 (2013/14
fee).
Part-time students pro-rata to the
appropriate full-time fee. Fees may be
paid in instalments.
Part-time distance learning option
The Research Methods Course
consists of four modules, two of which
are done via our ‘Virtual Learning
Environment’ and two are taken over a
five-day residential study block plus one
postgraduate taught module.
Accreditation
This programme is AACSB accredited.
Programme overview
The MSc Management Research (by research) is a structured
research degree that allows you to undertake a substantial piece of
research under the supervision of an experienced researcher. It will
appeal to those who are seeking the challenge and satisfaction of
undertaking their own research project into an area of management
that particularly interests them, but who are not necessarily ready to
take on the full commitment of a PhD. An important component of
the MSc in Management Research is the Research Methods Course.
This is undertaken alongside other research students from both
the MSc and PhD programmes. The course will equip you with the
necessary methodological and philosophical skills and knowledge
to develop your competence as a researcher and to successfully
complete your research degree.
Outline of programme
Students undertake four Research Methods Course modules in addition
to one postgraduate taught module offered by the business school:
Basic skills within the Management Research Process
The Philosophy of Management Research
Qualitative and Quantitative Research Design and Analysis
Communication and Advanced Research Skills.
Those performing well on the MSc Management Research have the
option of transferring to the PhD programme on a part-time or full-time
basis.
Assessment
Each of the Research Methods Course modules is assessed through
an assignment that requires you to link the concepts from that module
to your own research project. The MSc is obtained through successful
submission of a dissertation and viva based on your research
project, and completion of the Research Methods Course and one
postgraduate taught course.
Application and contact
Research Degrees Programme
Administrator
T: +44 (0)121 204 3219
E: rdp@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
The Postgraduate Certificate in Business Research and Consultancy
aims to provide you with advanced research skills and thereby further
your personal and professional development. This experience will
have a positive impact on your career and assist your organisation in
implementing strategic change, based on robust research.
Outline of programme
You will undertake the Research Methods Course (RMC) as the
foundation of your development as a professional researcher. This
comprises four modules:
Basic Skills within the Management Research Process
The Philosophy of Management Research
Qualitative and Quantitative Research Design and Analysis
Communication and Advanced Research Skills.
Two of the RMC modules can be done via our ‘Virtual Learning
Environment’ and two are taken over a five day residential study
block. After successfully completing the RMC, you will be awarded
the Postgraduate Certificate in Business Research and Consultancy,
unless you choose to transfer on to the Executive DBA (see opposite).
To transfer on to the Executive DBA you must submit a Qualifying
Report (QR) which will be orally examined. The RMC is designed
to lead to the development of the Qualifying Report. Transfer on to
the Executive DBA would be subject to a suitable supervisor being
available.
Assessment
Each Research Methods Course module is assessed through an
assignment. All four modules must be passed for the Postgraduate
Certificate to be awarded.
Programme Director
Dr. Michael Butler
Michael is Reader in Transformational Change; Director, DBA
(Doctor of Business Administration) Programme; Director, Centre for
Innovation, Change and Renewal (CICR); and Founder/Director, The
TRANSFORMATION Project (www.thetransformationproject.co.uk)
at Aston Business School. His research interests focus on change
management, adapting promising management practices to enhance
performance across varied organisational contexts, contributing to
ideas about receptivity for change, knowledge exchange and projectbased
organisations. His business engagement research has been
recognised by the Chartered Management Institute (CMI).
Key facts
1 year part-time/distance learning
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 6 per year
Specific subject requirements
An MBA or equivalent Masters Degree
in Business and Management, as well
as five years’ experience in a senior
role. For those participants whose first
language is not English: either evidence
that the degree was taught in English;
OR a TOEFL score minimum of 105 or
an IELTS score minimum of 7.
Fees
UK/EU students – £8,400 (2013/14 fee).
International students – £12,160 (2013/14
fee).
Part-time distance learning option
The Research Methods Course
consists of four modules, two of which
are done via our ‘Virtual Learning
Environment’ and two are taken over a
five-day residential study block plus one
postgraduate taught module.
Career prospects
The Certificate is offered to potential
DBA applicants, to faculty from partner
schools who require research methods
training (but who will proceed to
doctoral studies in their own institution)
and to post-MBA executives wishing
to upgrade their MBA qualification with
strong research skills but who may not
wish to proceed to doctoral studies.
Accreditation
This programme is AACSB accredited.
Application and contact
DBA Administrator
Ranjit Judge
T: +44 (0)121 204 3354
E: dba@aston.ac.uk
64 www.aston.ac.uk
65

Aston Business School
Executive DBA
Aston Business School
PhD
Key facts
4 years part-time/distance learning
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 6 per year
Specific subject requirements
An MBA or equivalent Masters Degree
in Business and Management, as well
as five years’ experience in a senior
role. For those participants whose first
language is not English: either evidence
that the degree was taught in English;
OR a TOEFL score minimum of 105 or
an IELTS score minimum of 7.
Additionally participants must have
demonstrable and appropriate links
to practice to which their proposed
research refers.
Fees
UK/EU students – £8,400 (2013/14 fee)
International students – £12,160
(2013/14 fee)
Accreditation
The Executive DBA is AMBA, AACSB
and EQUIS accredited.
Career prospects
The Executive DBA is a professional
doctorate in the field of business and
administration that not only gives you
a unique research experience, but will
have a positive impact on your career
and personal development. Successful
completion will result in a widely
respected qualification that clearly
demonstrates your intelligence and
ability to innovate.
Application and contact
DBA Administrator
Ranjit Judge
Programme overview
The Executive DBA is an established professional doctoral programme
that has the distinction of being one of only seven DBAs worldwide
accredited by the Association of MBAs. It is undertaken by distance
learning and is specifically designed so that senior professionals can
advance their learning, while still working in their existing roles.
Outline of programme
All DBA participants undertake the Research Methods Course (RMC)
as the foundation of their development as a professional researcher.
This is comprised of four modules taken in the first year of the
programme.
Basic Skills within the Management Research Process
The Philosophy of Management Research
Qualitative and Quantitative Research Design and Analysis
Communication and Advanced Research Skills.
At the end of the Research Methods Course, participants must submit
a Qualifying Report which will be orally examined.
Assessment
The DBA is obtained through two routes: either through successful
submission of a thesis (of approximately 80,000 words) or through the
submission of 4 papers of publishable quality. Both routes require you
to successfully defend your submission in a viva voce examination.
This is formed from the Qualifying Report, a written document
approximately 6,000 words in length.
Programme Director
Dr. Michael Butler
Michael is Reader in Transformational Change; Director, DBA
(Doctor of Business Administration) Programme; Director, Centre
for Innovation, Change and Renewal (CICR); and Founder/Director,
The TRANSFORMATION Project (www.thetransformationproject.
co.uk) at Aston Business School. His research interests focus on
change management, adapting promising management practices
to enhance performance across varied organisational contexts,
contributing to ideas about receptivity for change, knowledge
exchange and project-based organisations. His business
engagement research has been recognised by the Chartered
Management Institute (CMI).
Programme overview
This is a substantial research degree at the highest level and requires
you to make a contribution to knowledge. Research is under the
direction of a supervisory team headed by a main supervisor and at
least one associate supervisor.
Outline of programme
A doctorate by research is the highest degree that a student can gain
from a university. As such, it is imperative that you are supervised by
a top academic, as well as receiving top quality research methods
training to guide your research. Aston is a top-rated business school
for research, with six distinct subject groups carrying out international
research in their field. The groups are Economics and Strategy;
Finance and Accounting; Aston Law; Marketing; Operations and
Information Management; and Work and Organisational Psychology.
As a PhD student you will be linked with one of these groups with
supervisors drawn from one or more of them.
Content of Research Methods course:
Basic Skills within the Management Research Process
The Philosophy of Management Research
Qualitative and Quantitative Research Design and Analysis
Communication and Advanced Research Skills.
Assessment
Each of the Research Methods Course modules is assessed through
an assignment that requires you to link the concepts from that module
to your own research project. The PhD is obtained through successful
submission of a thesis and viva based on your thesis and completion
of the Research Methods Course.
Programme Director
Professor Nick Lee
Nick is Professor of Marketing and Organisational Research in the
Marketing Group. His research interests include sales management,
ethics, social psychology, cognitive neuroscience and research
methodology. With colleagues at Aston University, he developed
the multidisciplinary research field of organisational cognitive
neuroscience, and his work in this and other areas has appeared or
is forthcoming in journals such as Organization Science, the Journal
of Management, the Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science,
the Journal of Business Research, and the Journal of Personal Selling
and Sales Management. Professor Lee’s work has also featured in
popular outlets such as The Times, the Financial Times, and BBC
Breakfast. His first book Doing Business Research was published by
Sage in 2008, and he is the Editor-in-Chief of the European Journal of
Marketing.
Key facts
Full-time - primarily 3 years, but in very
exceptional circumstances, 4 years.
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 35 per year
Specific subject requirements
Minimum requirement for entry is a first
or upper second class Honours Degree
in an area relevant to your intended area
of research, but more usually we require
a Masters degree. For students whose
first language is not English: either
evidence that the degree was taught in
English; OR a TOEFL score minimum of
105 or an IELTS score minimum of 7.
Fees
UK/EU students – £3,900 (2013/14 fee)
International students – £11,500
(2013/14 fee)
Fees may be paid in instalments.
Scholarships and bursaries
Graduate Teaching Assistant posts are
available, see the Research pages of the
Aston Business School website for details.
Accreditation
The PhD Programme is AACSB and
EQUIS accredited.
Career prospects
While a PhD is largely seen as training for
academia, PhD graduates may also go
on to jobs in research in more general,
policy-related areas or employing
their skills within the general business
environment.
T: +44 (0)121 204 3354
E: dba@aston.ac.uk
Application and contact
Research Degrees Programme
Administrator
T: +44 (0)121 204 3219
E: rdp@aston.ac.uk
66 www.aston.ac.uk
67

Aston Business School
Aston Law
Research at Aston Business School
We pride ourselves on our reputation for generating
research of the highest standards: research that truly
makes a difference. We work in collaboration with industry,
the public sector and the academic community to develop
new research initiatives, with a particular focus on applied
research that contributes to business excellence, policy
and sustainable economic growth and development.
Research overview
Aston Law specialises in research that is essential to
the management and success of all organisations.
Our research reflects current issues of significance
for businesses, such as the new financial regulatory
framework, restrictions on business contracting and
the effective protection of intellectual property rights.
Informed by the latest legislative and regulatory
developments, in the UK and internationally, our
research is widely cited, including before the English
courts and internationally in a number of important
commercial cases. As well as informing policy and
practice, our research also enhances our teaching
and, in addition to our taught degrees, we are keen to
recruit well-qualified students onto our research degree
programmes.
Research strengths
Financial regulation and corporate governance
Commercial contracting and consumer protection
Intellectual property rights.
Financial regulation and
corporate governance
The financial crisis has challenged many of the
assumptions underpinning financial regulation and
corporate governance, especially with regard to
banks. Our work in this area explores the manner in
which Governments, regulators and policy makers
have responded and analyses the legal and regulatory
changes. In particular our work focuses on the
structure of boards and the management of risk,
the role of institutional shareholders in governance
frameworks, and regulatory responses to
short-selling. It is international in focus, reflecting the
inter-connectedness of markets and business activities.
Commercial contracting and
consumer protection
The contracting process, in Business to Business
or Business to Consumer contexts, underpins
effective exchanges in the business environment.
Misunderstandings, misstatements (whether deliberate
or not) and intimidation in the contracting process, all
have the potential to impact on the success of planned
contractual outcomes. Our research has a particular
focus on the remedial consequences of breach and
misrepresentation and international comparisons.
Key recent research projects include:
The legal response to misstatements and unfair
commercial practices
Renegotiation clauses and the binding nature of
contractual variations
Calculating the measure of damages
Property Rights (both real and personal),
establishing such rights, regulating various
types of private property relationships, enforcing
the same against third parties and restitutionary
remedies in the protection thereof.
Intellectual property rights
With the lack of available credit and restrictions on
lending, two–thirds of companies are turning to
intangible assets as a path to growth [Survey by David
Knight of Field Fisher Waterhouse (FFW)]. For many
businesses, corporate value, as recognised on the
balance sheet, is built predominantly on intangible
assets, brands, innovation and designs. In order to
attract investment these assets need to be protected
by strong Intellectual Property Rights [IPR]. Intangible
assets are not only gaining in importance in the UK and
Europe but also in China, India and Korea.
In the UK, 78% of companies in the FFW study
said that they were failing to manage their IPR
effectively. They were unaware of the benefits of
cross–licensing, co-marketing agreements and open
innovation as a way of entering new markets as
opposed to traditional joint ventures or partnerships.
Our research facilitates knowledge transfer and
helps managers identify appropriate procedures
for the management of their IPR. Businesses must
be able to identify, exploit and protect their IPR but
they must also recognise the need to pool intangible
resources at local and regional levels. It is in this way
that the UK economy will flourish and grow.
PhD Law
Aston Law also welcomes applications for the
postgraduate study of law in our supportive and
personalised research environment.
Application and contact
Research Convenor
Dr. James Brown
Research Administrator
Lauren Traczykowski
T: +44 (0)121 204 3185
E: l.heslop1@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/law
The control of unfair contract terms in comparative
68
perspective
www.aston.ac.uk
69

Aston Business School
Finance and Accounting Academic Group
Aston Business School
Economics and Strategy
Research overview
Finance
Our research in finance is directed at three main
areas: financial econometrics; market microstructure
and corporate finance. Within the field of financial
econometrics, our research focusses on the empirical
modelling of financial market prices within all asset
classes (bonds, stocks, futures and options) and the
application and testing of asset pricing models, with
a particular focus on market liquidity. Our research
on market microstructure encompasses studies
of the impacts of changes in trading platforms and
rules, the use of an experimental laboratory to model
price discovery, and studies of investor behaviour.
Within corporate finance, our research concerns the
characteristics of initial public offerings, the decision
by firms to repurchase their own shares and the
determinants of corporate cash holdings.
In the field of market microstructure recent published
work has been concerned with examining the effects
on market quality of changes to the trading system and
market architecture of the London Stock Exchange.
Other work has examined bid-ask spread dynamics
in the foreign exchange market and in the Exchange
Traded Funds market.
In financial econometrics, recent research has used
high-frequency data to improve the measurement and
forecasting of volatility and covariances matrices. High
frequency data has also been used to identify jumps
and co-jumps in asset prices, and the sources of
information that cause them.
In the field of corporate finance, our research on payout
policy highlights the impact of ownership structure and
executive compensation on cash dividends and stock
repurchases, with a particular focus on their timing
and the effects on liquidity. Research on IPOs has
considered both the role of investor sentiment and also
the duration of IPOs.
Application and contact
Research Convenor
Professor Alan Lowe
Assistant Group Administrator
Shereen Awan
T: +44 (0)121 204 3360
E: s.f.awan@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/fa
Accounting
Our research seeks to influence policy and practice
in the government, financial services, and corporate
sectors. The accounting members are largely
concentrated on qualitative research often using
interpretive methodology. The focus is on the collection
of real world observations of practice in financial
reporting, accounting control and risk management.
Our research draws upon theoretical and empirical
insights of how organisations interact with their
stakeholders both internally, through management
and financial control systems and externally through
business and accounting public reporting.
Particular research themes within the group
include:
In Risk management we use extensive data
collection through case studies in the major UK
banks and secondary outcomes of these research
projects have shed light on the problems and
deficiencies in risk management, reporting and
responsibility issues.
In Accounting control we have used practice
theory perspectives in a number of case study
projects in organisations to examine performance
and control techniques. One of the current
projects is investigating due diligence procedures
in the private equity industry.
Financial reporting research is focussed on
environmental reporting in the public sector in the
UK and internationally in India and Bangladesh.
Active projects are aimed at identifying and
investigating the key distinguishing features of
Islamic business and accounting practices.
Auditing research that considers the way
that auditor behaviour and audit functions influence
the regulation of accounting and the accounting
profession, and how the market for audit services
in the private and public sectors is reacting to
internal and external factors.
More specific details of current research interests of
individuals can be found on the website.
Research overview
Innovation, productivity and efficiency
Our research is primarily concerned with the
economics of innovation, productivity and efficiency,
and the processes which determine effective innovation
and higher productivity growth. Our research adopts a
microeconomic perspective using individual company
or sectoral data and our researchers are looking
at different aspects of innovation. Research topics
on productivity and efficiency include identification
of productivity and efficiency, linking total factor
productivity and high growth firms, productivity
dispersion and aggregate productivity decomposition.
Strategy
We use qualitative techniques to extend our
understanding of how firms and government
agencies are responding to strategic issues such
as contradictory demands from pluralistic internal
and external environments, the complexities of
implementing these issues in practice, alliance
partners’ strategic needs, and managerial perceptions
of success in technology alliances. We also focus
on knowledge economy effects and strategic issues
that are increasingly pertinent to businesses in the
knowledge economy, such as hybrid organisational
forms, new strategising tools and techniques,
procedures in the informal phase of alliances
negotiations, and social responsibility in multinational
contexts.
Foreign Direct Investment and
international technology collaboration
Research areas include the determinants and regional
distribution of Foreign Direct Investment (FDI); the
impact of FDI on domestic markets; international trade
and economic growth; and technology transfer, reverse
technology sourcing and spillovers from FDI, and
outward FDI from the emerging markets. Other current
topics include the motivation for FDI and productivity
spillovers; competition and spillovers in the foreign
sector of UK manufacturing; and mutual productivity
spillovers in China. With respect to international
technology collaboration we are interested in high-tech
alliances and technology transfers from developed to
developing countries and their impacts.
Industrial economics
We focus on applications of economic theory and
econometric techniques to the analysis of the
determinants of industrial performance, productive
efficiency and strategic decision-making. The research
covers several aspects of firm and consumer behaviour
in both competitive and regulated industries. These
include retailing industries, infrastructure and network
industries and the public sector. Such research is highly
relevant for both competition and regulation policy.
Institution, ownership and corporate governance, our
research examines the impact of ownership structures
on firm behavior and firm performance in the context of
different institutional backgrounds.
Entrepreneurship and enterprise
development
Our researchers engage with theoretical frameworks
and empirical analysis in economics, management
and sociology fields concerning entrepreneurial
behaviour of firms and individuals. We study business
demography and investigate the dynamics and
determinants of start-up, survival and growth of new
ventures, their economic contribution in the UK, with
a particular emphasis on high-growth firms. We run
the Global Entrepreneurship Monitor (GEM) for the UK
as part of a 60 country global consortium and seek to
understand the links between entrepreneurial activity
and individual characteristics. This work contributes
to the Enterprise Research Centre to provide trusted,
robust and independent commentary on SME research
and policy.
Macroeconomic modelling and
financial econometrics
Our research is focused on improving the specification
of macroeconomic and financial models. The
underlying objective of this endeavor is to provide
market practitioners and policy makers with robust
up-to-date tools for supporting their decision-making.
Currently, our researchers are involved mainly in issues
related to improving the performance of dynamic
general stochastic equilibrium (DGSE) models and
developing new non-linear models for forecasting.
Application and contact
Research Convenor
Dr. Jun Du
Group Administrator
Lynne Woolley
T: +44(0)121 204 3000
E: l.woolley@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/esg
70 www.aston.ac.uk
71

Aston Business School
Marketing Academic Group
Aston Business School
Operations and Information Management Academic Group
Research overview
The Marketing Group has a research-led culture, and
members of the group have published in world-leading
journals such as the Journal of Marketing, Journal of
Marketing Research, Journal of Consumer Research,
Organization Science, Journal of Retailing, Journal
of the Academy of Marketing Science, Journal of
Product Innovation Management, Journal of Business
Research, Journal of Service Research, International
Journal of Research in Marketing, Journal of Personal
Selling and Sales Management and Industrial Marketing
Management. Moreover, the Editorship of the European
Journal of Marketing is currently held at Aston and
members of the Group serve on several Editorial
Boards of leading journals.
The Marketing Group’s main research activity
concentrates on the strategic underpinnings of
marketing, and is organised into three topic areas:
Service and Retailing
Organisational Research
Consumer Psychology.
The Marketing Group has a strong focus on innovative
and rigorous methodological work. A sound
methodological framework is the foundation for topquality
scholarship. As such, Marketing Group faculty
place a high priority on methodological rigour and we
have strong competencies in a variety of methods
including econometrics, structural equation modelling,
hierarchical linear modelling, experimental methods,
psychometrics and measurement, qualitative research
methods, as well as the use of neuroscientific methods
in marketing research.
Service and Retailing
Research in this topic area revolves around managing
service and retailing businesses, investigating the
Service-Profit Chain, improving franchise businesses,
understanding the changing role of customers,
employees and organisations in a solution environment,
assessing changing and evolving relationships between
customers and firms, and making marketing activities
measurable. Here, researchers in the Marketing Group
focus their research on the private sector and public
sectors, such as charitable organisations and the
education sector.
Organisational Research
Research in this topic area examines general
organisations and psychological theories through
a marketing lens. In particular, work in this area
seeks to understand issues related to sales people
and sales teams. Additionally, research investigates
the role of marketing and marketing management
in organisations, and how this informs managerial
decision making. Also in this topic area are researchers
who are collaborating with leading neuroscientists,
and helping to develop the relatively new field of
Organisational Cognitive Neuroscience.
Consumer Research
The focus of this topic area is on understanding
consumer behaviour as well as the psychological
processes affecting human decision-making. Research
in this area has examined the influence of bodily
actions on consumer behaviour, consumer knowledge
and persuasion knowledge, consumer knowledge
calibration, and visual information processing and
its influence on consumer choice. Researchers from
the Marketing Group are also active in the areas of
branding and behavioural decision-making.
Application and contact
Research Convenor
Dr. Kishore Gopalakrishna Pillai
Group Administrator
Darshan Kitare
T: +44 (0)121 204 3359
E: d.k.kitare@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/mkg
Research overview
Using strong public and private sector links, members
of the Operations and Information Management (OIM)
Group continuously apply theoretical developments
to support the practice of effective decision-making in
extremely complex, industrially relevant environments,
as well as using those opportunities to create new
waves of theoretical knowledge.
Information Systems and Knowledge
management
One broad avenue of our research focuses on the
interplay between knowledge management and
information technology (IT). Focusing on the
knowledge perspective we study processes and
systems for knowledge creation, transfer, organising,
sharing, storage, and (re)-use in collocated and
distributed inter- and intra-organisational settings.
Focusing on the IT perspective, we study the adoption
and diffusion of IT in developing countries, the
strategic value of IT, and the impact of technology
on organizations, nations and society. The role of
technology in supporting knowledge management
represents the major overlap between these two
perspectives including facilitating the breaking down
of boundaries such as those between organisations,
geographical locations, professional specialisms and
project teams.
A second avenue of our research focuses on the theme
of future internet technology. One strand of this
research uses semantic methods and linked open
data for answering natural language questions, and for
advanced data management in the agri-food sector.
The other strand concerns the mining of social media
to support disaster operations and to monitor public
engagement with science.
Management Science
We focus on quantitative approaches for measuring
and comparing the performance of organisations.
We develop methods for measuring the productive
efficiency of organisations in a range of sectors such
as banking, retail and government agencies. The group
has a very strong reputation in the linear programming
based method of Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA). In
this, we mainly focus on the theory and application of
DEA, but also other ways of comparing performance
including econometric approaches such as regression
and Stochastic Frontier methods. Staff working in this
area also pursue research in the fields of: forecasting,
decision analysis, fuzzy analysis.
Technology and operations management
Within this field three distinct themes are being
pursued:
Servitization is the process whereby manufacturers
compete through Product-Service Systems (PSS)
rather than products alone. The commercial benefits of
PSS are compelling and well documented (e.g. Rolls-
Royce earning over 50% of their revenue from services
packaged within hardware products sold). Our goal at
Aston is to transform the adoption of servitization in the
UK through learning from the processes of servitization
found at the world’s leading organisations and then
working with regional and national manufacturers to
servitize their operations. The hub for this research
is the “Aston Centre for Servitization Research and
Practice” through which we also feed to education in
this area.
Operations improvement focuses on new critical
approaches for operations management by extending
and adapting conventional systems thinking and
theories of the single organisation to explore multiorganisational
enterprises, holonic management and
quality management practice to improve efficiency and
effectiveness in operations. The critical approaches
unify endogenous and exogenous organisational
factors to explore relationships through different
organisational strata and across supply chains to bring
about more competitive performance in commerce and
industry.
Supply chain optimisation and its application in
manufacturing and service industries. The research
covers issues of strategic sourcing, supply chain
integration and performance and how to minimise risk
in operating international supply chains. The research
has led to decision support systems and supplier
performance measurement frameworks adopted by
UK and international organisations, including a number
of biomass to energy projects in Asia and Europe.
Application and contact
Research Convenor
Dr. Christopher Brewster
Group Administrator
John Morley
T: +44 (0)121 204 3236
E: OIMResearch@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/oim
72 www.aston.ac.uk
73

School of Engineering & Applied Science
School of of Engineering & Applied & Science
Engineering
& Applied
Science
Why choose us?
We are proud that our School of Engineering & Applied
Science has a long tradition of quality teaching and a
reputation for cutting-edge research, which is at the
forefront of new and exciting developments essential for
society’s current and future needs such as sustainable
energy, global communications, understanding of
complex data through mathematics and computer
science, and novel materials for healthcare.
Taught Programmes
78 MSc in Data Communication Networks
79 MSc in Engineering Management
80 MSc in Industrial Enterprise Management
81 MSc in IT Project Management
82 MSc in Mechanical Engineering (Modelling)
83 MSc in Product Design Enterprise
84 MSc in Product Design Innovation
85 MSc in Professional Engineering
86 MSc in Software Engineering
87 MSc in Supply Chain Management
88 MSc in Telecommunications Technology
89 MSc by Research in Mathematics of Complex
Systems
90 MSc in Wireless Communications and Networking
New for 2013.
Research Groups
91 Aston Institute of Photonic Technologies
92 Adaptive Communications Networks
Research Group
93 Bioenergy Research Group
94 Biomedical Engineering Research Group
95 Computer Science Research Group
96 Engineering Education Research Group
97 European Bioenergy Research Institute
98 Nanoscience Research Group
99 Non-linearity and Complexity Research Group
100 Power Engineering and Power Electronics
Research Group
101 Polymers and Advanced Materials
Research Group
102 Project and Supply Chain Management
Research Group
103 Sustainable Environment Research Group
Aston achieved the Athena Swan Bronze
Award in recognition of our commitment
to the advancement and promotion of the
careers of women in Science, Engineering
and Technology.
To find out more, visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/eas/postgraduate
T: +44 (0)121 204 3400
E: engineering@aston.ac.uk
74 www.aston.ac.uk
75

School of of Engineering & Applied & Science
Studying at postgraduate level
The content of our MSc programmes typically relates
to industrially relevant work carried out by our research
groups, enabling you to experience the benefits of the
latest research. In the last British Research Assessment
Exercise we were ranked in the top 12 in the UK and
have world renowned research groups in a number of
areas.
Studying for an MSc
An MSc programme typically lasts one year full-time, although
some are offered on a part-time basis, and usually you will need at
least a lower second class Honours Degree, or equivalent from an
overseas institution, to join us. Minimum English requirements also
apply. Applications can be made online at www.aston.ac.uk/eas/
postgraduate/apply, or contact the MSc Admissions Officer at
seaspgtaught@aston.ac.uk
Scholarships
We expect to offer a number of international student scholarships
worth £5,000 each for the 2012/13 academic year. All scholarships
are awarded on the basis of academic merit and require application
by specific dates.
For current details please see
www.aston.ac.uk/eas/ postgraduate/fees-andscholarships
MSc English Language Requirements
International students whose native
language is not English will need to
demonstrate English language ability
as follows:
IELTS 6.5 overall with min 6.0 in each
section for all MSc’s except for
Supply Chain Management
which is 6.5 overall (with a minimum
score of 6.5 in writing and speaking
and 6.0 in listening and reading).
TOEFL IBT 100 overall with minimum
of 21 in writing and listening, 22
in reading and 23 in speaking
for all MSc’s except for Supply Chain
Management which is a score
of 100 overall (with a minimum score
of 23 in writing and speaking and 20
in listening and reading).
Pearson Academic score of 61
overall with minimum 59 in each
area for all MSc’s.
To find out more, visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/eas
T: +44 (0)121 204 3400
E: engineering@aston.ac.uk
New programmes
Our latest programme is the MSc Wireless Communications and
Networks (info to be supplied) (see page 90). For current details
please see www.aston.ac.uk/eas/postgraduate
Distance and work-based learning
We understand it can be difficult to take a year off work for full-time
study, so some of our programmes are available by distance and
work-based learning, allowing you to combine study with full-time
employment:
www.aston.ac.uk/eas/postgraduate/distance-learning
Read more about our Msc Professional Engineering course on
page 85.
Continuing Professional Development
We offer the opportunity to take individual modules for certification
as part of your Continuing Professional Development – please
contact the MSc Admissions Officer for further information.
Studying for a PhD
From the world’s longest laser, to Europe’s largest trial of ultralow
carbon vehicles, research in the School of Engineering &
Applied Science continues to push in new directions to benefit
society. A PhD programme lasts three years fulltime, and you will
normally need at least an upper second class Honours Degree, or
equivalent from an overseas institution, to join us. Minimum English
requirements also apply. You will be affiliated to one of our research
groups and will have both a principal and associate supervisor
to guide your work. Regarding funding, about half of our PhD
students receive some level of financial support from the School,
and we have several new awards and partial bursaries for the right
candidates. For further information please visit www.aston.ac.uk/
eas/research/prospective-research-students
Generic training for research students is delivered through an integrated
programme of Research Skills Training. All students take the School
Research Skills Module in the first year of their PhD. Our students are
expected to present their work at international conferences, and the
School was praised in the last RAE results for the achievements of our
students winning several ‘best paper’ awards at these conferences.
Across the School there are facilities dedicated for student use and
all research students are supplied with individual computers. We
also provide our own parallel processing machines including a 256
node SGI cluster computer for computational work. In addition,
research staff and student at Aston have arrangements to access
supercomputers elsewhere in the UK and in Japan.
Students can benefit from our vibrant research environment centred
on our research institutes and groups which hold many seminars
throughout the year. The School is currently investing substantially
in research infrastructure with the construction of several new
laboratories including, for example, a completely new building
dedicated to research in bioenergy.
We also have a vibrant and active PhD research student society
providing academic and social support in a number of areas:
www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/student-research-society
76 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
77

School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Data Communication Networks
School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Engineering Management
Key facts
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project, possibly within industry.
Also available via distance learning.
Students taking this option usually take
2-5 years to complete the programme
(2-3 years of taught modules delivered
through the University’s virtual learning
environment and a project of 1-2 years).
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 25 per year
Specific entry requirements
A first or good second class Honours
Degree from a UK academic
organisation in a relevant engineering
field, science or closely related
discipline. Qualifications from outside
the UK or a combination of qualifications
and experience will also be considered.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need to
demonstrate English Language ability
(please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
Prepares students for an
intellectually challenging career
as a qualified engineer
Provides students with a thorough
grounding in the principles and the
requisite specialist knowledge and
skills to develop, manage and adapt
current systems
Accredited by the Institution of
Engineering and Technology (IET).
An industrial advisory group reviews
the programme on a continual basis
An industrial advisory group reviews
the programme on a continual basis
Guest lectures presented by acknowledged
experts drawn from industry
An active alumni group on LinkedIn
Free student membership of the IET.
What are my career prospects?
This programme will be of interest to you
if you are a student wishing to develop
your technical career in areas related
to the design and development of data
communications networks, or if you
wish to enter research in this field.
Programme overview
This programme aims to provide students with a thorough grounding
in the principles underlying the inside of modern computer and data
networks. It is designed to develop the requisite specialist knowledge
and skills of the students who will be able to adapt with the changing
face of data network technology. To ensure its continuing relevance
the programme is monitored by an industrial steering committee which
includes representatives from major employers.
Outline of programme
Module guide
This MSc integrates a taught component of nine modules with a major
project and a project preparation module, constituting in total 180
credits. The project, equivalent to six months of full-time study, is either
undertaken in an industrial laboratory or at the University, often with
guidance and direction from industrial partners.
Modules:
Telecommunications Perspectives
Information Theory and Coding and Traffic Theory
Internetworking
Software Engineering
Introductory Programming
Distributed Network Applications
Mobile Data Networks
Realtime Communication Networks
Project Preparation
MSc Project.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Xiaohong Peng
Dr. Peng teaches mobile data networks in this MSc programme. His
research areas range from wireless and multimedia communications
and networks to sensor networks for healthcare and wellbeing. He
has led research projects in both theoretical developments and
practical system realisation through collaboration with industry
in telecommunications, data storage and mobile communication
networks. Dr Peng is a senior member of the Institute of Electrical
and Electronic Engineers (SMIEEE).
Programme overview
The Engineering Management programme is designed for those
who have a first degree in a technical discipline and aspire to gain
a management role in an engineering or technical organisation. The
programme addresses the full range of management knowledge and
skills needed for a successful career. By being accredited by the
Chartered Management Institute, the programme is shown to meet
the rigorous demands of a high quality management education that
is recognised across the globe.
Outline of programme
Module guide
This programme requires you to undertake 11 taught modules and to
complete a Major Project with a dissertation of approximately 15,000
words. Each taught module involves up to 22 teaching hours including
tutorials, seminars and project classes. The programme runs from
October to September with examination weeks in December and
March/April. The project occupies the final six months.
Core modules:
Research Methods
Management of Change
Lean and Agile Manufacture
Project Management
Strategic Management
Strategic Finance
Management of New Product Development
Strategic Marketing
Quality Management
Corporate Social Responsibility
Managing in Engineering Enterprises
MSc Project.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Jane Andrews
Jane’s background is in Management Education; her PhD is
from Aston Business School. She has several years’ experience
working in the UK Public Sector. Her research interests focus on
Engineering Education, Education Policy and the Management of
Higher Education.
Application and contact
MSc Admissions Officer
T: +44 (0)121 204 3668
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: seaspgtaught@aston.ac.uk
Key facts
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project.
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 30 per year (including
Management students)
Specific entry requirements
Minimum of a good UK Honours Degree.
Two years experience in an appropriate
engineering post is an advantage.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need to
demonstrate English Language ability
(please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
Provides knowledge and
understanding of the principles
underlying the strategic
management of engineering and
technology businesses
Enables you to use the techniques
required for the analysis of strategic
issues
Designed for graduate engineers
from all disciplines
Fully accredited by The Chartered
Management Institute.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is suitable for those
seeking a career in the engineering
and manufacturing sectors, particularly
those who aspire to senior management
levels. Project management roles
are a common first destination.
78 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
79

School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Industrial Enterprise Management
School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc IT Project Management
Key facts
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project.
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 30 per year (including
Engineering Management students)
Specific subject requirements
Minimum of a good UK Honours
Degree. Two years experience in an
appropriate engineering post is an
advantage. International students
whose native language is not English
will also need to demonstrate English
Language ability (please see page 77
for details). The MSc Admissions Office
can provide advice on the suitability of
particular overseas qualifications.
Key benefits
Provides knowledge and
understanding of the principles
underlying the setting up and
strategic management of
engineering and technology
businesses
Enables you to use the
techniques required to develop your
entrepreneurial skills
Designed for graduate engineers
and managers
Fully accredited by The Chartered
Management Institute.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is suitable for
those seeking to set up their own
businesses in the engineering,
manufacturing or technology sectors.
Programme overview
The Industrial Enterprise Management programme is designed for
those who have a first degree in a technical discipline and aspire to
set up their own businesses in the engineering or technical sector.
The programme addresses the full range of management knowledge
and skills needed to set up a successful business. By being
accredited by the Chartered Management Institute, the programme is
shown to meet the rigorous demands of a high quality management
education that is recognised across the globe.
Outline of programme
Module guide
The programme requires you to undertake 11 taught modules and to
complete a Major Project with a dissertation of approximately 15,000
words. Each taught module involves up to 22 teaching hours including
tutorials, seminars and project classes. The programme runs from
October to September with examination weeks in December and
March/April. The project occupies the final six months.
Modules:
Research Methods
Management of Change
Logistics and Transportation
Project Management
Strategic Management
Strategic Finance
Entrepreneurial Strategies
Strategic Marketing
Quality Management
Corporate Social Responsibility
Managing in Engineering Enterprises
MSc Project.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Jane Andrews
Jane’s background is in Management Education; her PhD is
from Aston Business School. She has several years’ experience
working in the UK Public Sector. Her research interests focus on
Engineering Education, Education Policy and the Management of
Higher Education.
Application and contact
MSc Admissions Officer
T: +44 (0)121 204 3668
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: seaspgtaught@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
The programme is designed for students with a prior degree in
computing who wish to develop their career further into Project
Management. Graduates will be equipped with advanced problemsolving
skills necessary for planning, monitoring and controlling
software projects. Students will develop a detailed understanding
of the project management issues involved in creating software
systems and how they can be addressed from the viewpoint of the
organisation, the software developers and the end-users. Practical
experience of an IT project to design and implement a substantial
IT project plan, or analyse a business environment and design an
appropriate IT strategy is provided through the Major Project.
Outline of programme
Module guide
The MSc requires you to study seven taught modules and to complete a
Major Project resulting in a dissertation of approximately 15,000 words:
Modules:
Professional Skills in Computing
Software Process and Management
Project Management
Enterprise Computing Strategies
Reliability in Software Engineering
Foundations in Business Systems*
Business Intelligence*
Major Project.
*Module delivered by Aston Business School.
The programme runs from October to September with examinations
held in December and March/April. The Major Project must be
completed by the end of September. The taught part contributes 100
credits and the Major Project accounts for 80 credits, totalling the 180
credits required for successful completion of the MSc programme.
There is an option to study for a Postgraduate Diploma, based on
the same taught modules as the MSc plus a smaller Diploma Project
accounting for 20 credits, to be completed by June.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Aniko Ekart
Aniko teaches Software Lifecycle and Design and Professional Skills
in Computing. She is part of the ADVANCE project funded by the
European Commission, which aims to develop a computer system to
improve goods delivery across large-scale European transport networks.
Her research interests include: data mining, machine learning, genetic
programming theory and applications, evolutionary computation.
Application and contact
MSc Admissions Officer
T: +44 (0)121 204 3668
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: seaspgtaught@aston.ac.uk
Key facts
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project, possibly within
industry.
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 25 per year
Specific subject requirements
A first or good second class Honours
Degree in Computer Science from a UK
academic organisation or an alternative
degree with substantial computing
content. International students whose
native language is not English will also
need to demonstrate English Language
ability (please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
Teaching delivered by the School of
Engineering & Applied Science and
Aston Business School
Many MSc projects have external
industrial clients
Graduates of the programme will have
knowledge and understanding of:
- project management
methodology applied to IT
projects
- business systems and their
relation to IT strategy
- the role of the computing
professional in managing IT
projects.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is suitable for those
seeking to develop their career
towards IT Project Management and
potentially reach a leadership role. The
programme will advance knowledge,
understanding and skills in professional
practice in the management of software
systems. Practical experience of IT
projects from the initial analysis of a
problem, through design and planning,
implementation and documentation
is provided, in order to prepare for
effective participation in the IT industry.
80 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
81

School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Mechanical Engineering (Modelling)
School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Product Design Enterprise
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 25 per year
Specific subject requirements
A first or second class UK Honours
Degree in engineering, physical science,
mathematics or a related subject or
overseas equivalent. We would expect
to see significant mathematics content in
a student’s academic profile. A score of
55% or above from the Aston University
Pre-Masters Programme is required for
applicants not meeting the lower second
class or English language requirement.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need
to demonstrate English language ability
(please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
This programme will provide handson
experience of using some of the
latest Engineering Modelling software
along with their mathematical basis
A project–work focus enables newly
learning to be tried and tested
The range of modules reflects the
nature of engineering modelling and
the uses it is put to in engineering and
commercial practice
The individual major project can be
tailor made to match interests.
What are my career prospects?
The programme puts practical
engineering modelling, research
and project management skills into
the hands of graduates. This helps
career progression in industries
where computer based technology
is required, including manufacturing,
R&D, science, IT, design and academia.
Recent graduates have gone on to PhD
studies and been employed in a range
of jobs including: manufacturing and
simulation engineer with an automotive
manufacturer; product development
with a manufacturer of domestic
heating products; and computeraided
design with a manufacturer of
military/surveillance equipment.
Programme overview
Computational modelling is an essential part of Mechanical
Engineering and is becoming very important in industrial product
development; the manufacturing sector in particular has been
experiencing a significant uptake of computational engineering
technologies to increase its competitiveness in the global
market. This programme is designed for engineering and science
graduates, providing a wide exploration of these new and advanced
technologies. Problem based learning facilitates the application of
the modelling techniques.
Outline of programme
Core modules:
Computational Fluid Dynamics and Applications
Practical Numerical Methods
CAD Principles and Materials Selection
Advanced CAD
Research Literature Review
Research Dissertation
Renewable Energy
Sustainable Design.
Elective modules:
Finite Element Analysis and Solid Mechanics
Strategic Finance
Project Management
Management of New Product Development
Innovation Business Development.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. J Gregory
Dr. J. Gregory Swadener is an internationally recognized expert in
nanomechanics and solid mechanics modelling and has on-going
collaborations in the UK and internationally. Dr. Phillip Davies is a
leading expert in sustainability engineering with a particular focus
on applications for developing countries. Other academic members
provide expertise in design, CAD, dynamics, thermal/fluid sciences,
business development, project management and innovation.
Application and contact
MSc Admissions Officer
T: +44 (0)121 204 3668
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: seaspgtaught@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
The MSc in Product Design Enterprise will help you to develop a
high level of creativity and produce design ideas as a part of your
response to possible market opportunities. The programme will also
enable you to develop a critical understanding of sustainable factors
and their importance and relevance to all our futures.
The programme creates opportunities for students to originate
new ideas and model or prototype design solutions that will
meet perceived manufacturing, marketing and consumer needs.
Developed ideas can be manufactured using a variety of techniques,
including a range of specialist rapid prototyping equipment, as well
as dynamic testing equipment which helps in the testing of prototype
ideas. Modelmaking and Engineering Workshops are available to
develop physical models and prototypes. Examples of recent Major
Projects: Green Product development in Taiwan, Life Cycle Analysis
of Shell Eco Car and innovative folding storage.
Outline of programme
Module guide
This programme requires you to study ten taught modules and
to complete a major design project. Each taught module involves
up to 22 contact hours including lectures, tutorials, seminars and
project classes.
The programme runs from October to September with
examinations/assessments held in December and March/April.
The Research Project explores fully the feasibility of the Major
Project, which is then completed by the following September.
Core modules:
Design Realisation
Strategic Management
Entrepreneurial Strategies
Sustainable Design
Innovation Business Development
International Studies
Management of New Product Development
Research Project
Major Project.
Elective modules:
Advanced Computer Aided Design
CAD Principles and Materials Selection
Renewable Energy Management of Change.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Chris Evans
Chris has 20 years of design experience in a wide variety of industries
and design groups before joining Aston University in 2001. His many
research interests include Assistive Techniques and Transport Design.
He has recently published a new book on Design and Designing.
Key facts
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project.
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 25 per year
Specific subject requirements
Minimum of a first or good second
class UK Honours Degree in a product
design, engineering or business related
course. Two years experience in
relevant design work is an advantage.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need to
demonstrate English Language ability
(please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
Developed to interest graduates
from a business or design
background
Enhances knowledge and
understanding of the principles
underlying professional product
design
Enables the student to develop
appropriate entrepreneurial skills
enabling viable manufacturing,
marketing or business realities
Fully accredited by the Institution
of Engineering Designers leading to
Chartered Engineering status (CEng).
What are my career prospects?
This programme is suitable for graduate
designers with product, industrial or
engineering experience, who seek
the opportunity to develop exciting
and innovative ideas with the aim of
turning them into viable manufacturing,
marketing or business realities.
Application and contact
MSc Admissions Officer
T: +44 (0)121 204 3668
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: seaspgtaught@aston.ac.uk
82 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
83

School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Product Design Innovation
School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Professional Engineering
Work Based Distance Learning
Key facts
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project.
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 25 per year
Specific subject requirements
Minimum of a first or good second
class UK Honours Degree in a product
design, engineering or business related
course. Two years experience in
relevant design work is an advantage.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need to
demonstrate English Language ability
(please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
Developed to interest graduates
from a business or design
background
Enhances knowledge and
understanding of the principles
underlying professional product
design
Enables the student to develop
appropriate innovation and
entrepreneurial design skills
enabling viable start-up
manufacturing, marketing or
business enterprises
Fully accredited by the Institution
of Engineering Designers leading
to Chartered Engineering status
(CEng).
What are my career prospects?
This programme is suitable for
candidates seeking to develop their own
product ideas and innovations ‘ready for
manufacture and marketing’, start their
own design business enterprise, or enter
new product development organisations
at a higher level of responsibility.
Application and contact
MSc Admissions Officer
T: +44 (0)121 204 3668
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: seaspgtaught@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
Creativity, Ideas Generation and the development of Innovative
Concepts underpins the interactive design work on this course. We
aim to provide a dynamic balance between knowledge acquisition and
practical hands-on skills. Much of the teaching and learning take place
in the Design Suite or CAE facility where we have the latest commercial
Computer Aided Design tools (including Solid works, Alias, Fluent,
Ansys), and lecture rooms equipped with modern AV/IT facilities.
Developed ideas can be manufactured using a variety of techniques,
and Modelmaking and Engineering Workshops are available to
create physical models and prototypes. This also includes a range
of specialist rapid prototyping equipment as well as dynamic testing
equipment. These resources can help in the testing of prototype ideas
ranging from small products to full sized transport proposals.
Examples of recent projects: Development of innovative Rigging for
Stunt Kite Boarding, Race Car Suspension using composite materials,
use of Solar Energy to cool conservatories, Educational Learning Toys,
Futuristic Kitchens and Vehicle Design.
Outline of programme
Module guide
This programme requires you to study ten taught modules and to
complete a major design project. Each taught module involves up to
22 contact hours, including lectures, tutorials, seminars and project
classes.
The programme runs from October to September with examinations/
assessments held in December and March/ April. The Research
Project explores fully the feasibility of the Major Project, which is then
completed by the following September.
Core modules:
Product Design Innovation
Design Realisation
Sustainable Design
Innovation Business
Development
International Studies
Management of New Product
Development
Research Project
Major Project.
Who is it taught by?
Elective modules chosen from:
Advanced Computer Aided
Design
CAD Principles and Materials
Selection
Strategic Management
Renewable Energy.
Programme Director
Chris Evans
Chris had 20 years of design experience in a wide variety of
industries and design groups before joining Aston University in
2001. His many research interests include Assistive Techniques and
Transport Design He has recently published a new book on Design
and Designing.
Programme overview
The MSc Professional Engineering provides, and demonstrates, the
advanced engineering knowledge and understanding needed for
CEng status. Each engineer on the programme has their own unique
programme made up of a series of work based projects. Learning is
specifically focused on employment needs, and gives immediate benefit
to your employment value. You will receive frequent mentoring support
in the workplace from a Chartered Engineer and high quality academic
mentoring from an Academic Supervisor. The result is cost effective
engineering staff development to the highest professional standards.
The MSc Professional Engineering is suitable for people who
aspire to fully qualified professional engineer status (CEng) and are
already part way there, normally through a UK accredited Honours
Degree at bachelor’s level (BEng or BSc), supported by several
years of employment experience gaining practical competence and
responsibility. We can also accept people without an Honours Degree
(eg qualified to HND level) but with greater relevant experience.
Outline of programme
Module guide
Core modules:
Electives chosen from:
Professional Development Scientific Foundations
Audit
Current Technologies and
Applications
Emerging Technologies
Design Methodologies
Major Project.
Who is it led by?
Programme Director
Bill Glew
Bill is a senior Chartered Engineer and member of the Institution
of Mechanical Engineers with many years of industrial experience.
He started his career as an Engineering Officer in the merchant
navy then worked as an engineer in a number of industries, before
eventually moving into production management. In 1992 he became
a University lecturer where he used his industrial experience to
increase the relevance of engineering degree programmes for
manufacturing companies.
Application and contact
Professional Engineering Support Team
T: +44 (0)121 204 3555
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: msc_profeng@aston.ac.uk
Engineering Analysis
Sustainability
Project Management
Further Topics in Engineering
Management
Product Delivery
Professional Literature Study
Extended Integrative Option.
Key facts
2-5 years work-based distance learning.
Start date: October, January, April or
July
Intake: Up to 25 per year
Specific subject requirements
A first or good second class Honours
Degree at bachelor’s level (BEng or BSc).
Qualifications from outside the UK or a
combination of qualifications (eg HND level)
and experience will also be considered.
To study for the MSc Professional
Engineering, you must be employed in
the engineering field in which you hope
to advance and already be a member
of, or be willing to join, an engineering
institution covering your chosen
engineering field. Your employer will need
to be supportive of you, and willing to
ensure you can undertake a good range
of workplace projects to build the learning
needed for the MSc and additionally the
competences to qualify for CEng.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need to
demonstrate English Language ability
(please see 77 for details).
Key benefits
Developed in conjunction with the
UK Engineering Council
Progression to Chartered Engineer
status
Requires no time away from
employment
Uses learning through immediate
application to real-life work problems
to reduce costs or increase value for
the employer and integrates theory
with practical application, using
critical thinking skills to generate
breakthrough knowledge.
What are my career prospects?
Successful completion of the MSc
Professional Engineering combined
with membership of a suitable
engineering institution provides
access to the institution’s process
for professional review for CEng
registration.
84 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
85

School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Software Engineering
School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Supply Chain Management
Key facts
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project.
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 25 per year
Specific subject requirements
BSc Honours in Computer Science or
an alternative degree with substantial
computing content with a first or good
second class grade (or equivalent).
International students whose native
language is not English will also need to
demonstrate English Language ability
(please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
Students will develop expertise in the
following areas, which are all key to
a professional software engineering
career:
Conduct requirements analysis
and specification
Create and evaluate software
architecture and design solutions
Develop dependable software units
Verify software systems and
make informed decisions in the
management of software projects.
What are my career prospects?
Students will acquire analytical,
presentation skills, team working,
report writing, negotiation and IT
skills necessary for a successful
software engineer career. This
programme is suitable for candidates
seeking to develop their career
towards Software Engineering.
Application and contact
MSc Admissions Officer
T: +44 (0)121 204 3668
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: seaspgtaught@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
The programme aims to enable students to develop a systematic
understanding of the software development process and the associated
professional skills necessary in software engineering practice.
Graduates will be equipped with the essential analytical skills and
knowledge for development and maintenance of large-scale software
systems, and with the ability to apply this knowledge to real-world
applications.
Deep knowledge of object- oriented analysis and design, making use of
UML-based techniques and the intellectual skills to create well-designed
solutions will be developed.
Students will develop an understanding of the management issues
involved in creating software systems, and how they can be addressed
from the viewpoint of the organisation, the software developers and the
end users.
Practical experience of a substantial software development project
from the initial analysis of a problem, through design and planning,
implementation, testing, evaluation and documentation will be provided.
Outline of programme
Module guide
The MSc requires you to study seven taught modules and to complete a
Major Project resulting in a dissertation of approximately 15,000 words.
Core modules:
Professional Skills in Computing
Software Process and Management
Requirements Engineering
Software Architecture
Reliability in Software Engineering
Interaction Design
Information Security
Major Project.
The programme runs from October to September with examinations
held in December and March/April. The Major Project must be
completed by the end of September. The taught part contributes
100 credits and the Major Project accounts for 80 credits, totalling
the 180 credits required for successful completion of the MSc
programme. There is an option to study for a Postgraduate Diploma,
based on the same taught modules as the MSc plus a smaller
Diploma Project accounting for 20 credits, to be completed by June.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Aniko Ekart
Aniko teaches Software Lifecycle and Design and Professional Skills
in Computing. She is part of the ADVANCE project funded by the
European Commission, which aims to develop a computer system
to improve goods delivery across large-scale European transport
networks. Her research interests include: data mining, machine
learning, genetic programming theory and applications, evolutionary
computation.
Programme overview
On successful completion of this programme, you are expected to
have knowledge and understanding of:
Strategic decision-making/ policy and practice in the context of
the business environment locally, nationally and internationally
The contribution of wider aspects of business areas, to be able to
integrate supply chain strategy/ policy and practice with business
and organisational strategy
Theoretical and applied perspectives of Supply Chain
Management and Logistics
Specific areas of Supply Chain Management through the study of
specialist modules. These areas include: relationships, partnering,
ERP, simulation, purchasing, contracts, planning and optimisation.
Outline of programme
Module guide
This programme requires you to study 9 taught modules, plus the
completion of a Major Project with a dissertation of up to 20,000
words. Each taught module involves up to 22 teaching hours
including tutorials, case studies and guest lectures. The programme
runs from October to September with examinations/assessments
held in December, March/April and June. The Major Project occupies
the final six months, being submitted in September.
Core modules:
Research Methods
Managing Multiorganisation Enterprises *
Logistics and Transportation
Managing Projects *
Strategic Management
Strategic Finance
Operations Management *
Simulation for Managerial Decision Making *
Supply Chain Management
MSc Project.
*Module delivered by Aston Business School
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Jane Andrews
Jane’s background is in Management Education; her PhD is
from Aston Business School. She has several years’ experience
working in the UK Public Sector. Her research interests focus on
Engineering Education, Education Policy and the Management of
Higher Education.
Application and contact
MSc Admissions Officer
T: +44 (0)121 204 3668
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: seaspgtaught@aston.ac.uk
Key facts
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project.
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 25 per year
Specific subject requirements
A first or good second class Honours
Degree from a UK academic organisation
or an overseas degree recognised by
Aston, or a degree-equivalent professional
qualification. Qualifications from outside
the UK or a combination of qualifications
and experience will also be considered. The
MSc Admissions Office can provide advice
on whether non UK qualifications are the
equivalent of the level of Honours Degree
required.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need to
demonstrate English Language ability
(please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
Designed to meet the needs of
recent graduates and those already
in employment who wish to acquire
specialist skills and knowledge in
Supply Chain Management, in order
that they may embark or progress
successfully on their chosen careers
Teaching delivered by staff from
Aston Business School and the
School of Engineering & Applied
Science
Fully accredited by the Chartered
Institute of Purchasing and Supply
(CIPS)
Fully accredited by the Chartered
Management Institute.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is suitable for
candidates seeking a career in the
Supply Chain Management sector,
particularly those who aspire to senior
management levels.
86 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
87

School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Telecommunications Technology
School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc by Research in Mathematics of Complex Systems
Key facts
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project, possibly within industry.
This programme is also available via
distance learning within the UK or flexible
CPD study (this option usually takes 2-5
years: 2-3 years of taught modules delivered
through the University’s virtual learning
environment and a project of 1-2 years).
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 25 per year
Specific subject requirements
A first or good second class Honours
Degree from a UK academic organisation
in a relevant engineering field, science or
closely related discipline. Qualifications
from outside the UK or a combination of
qualifications and experience will also be
considered. International students whose
native language is not English will also
need to demonstrate English Language
ability (please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
Prepares students for an
intellectually challenging career as
a qualified engineer
Provides students with a thorough
grounding in the principles and the
requisite specialist knowledge and
skills to develop, manage and adapt
current systems
Accredited by the Institution of
Engineering and Technology (IET)
An industrial advisory group reviews
the programme on a continual basis
Guest lectures presented by acknowledged
experts drawn from industry
Free student membership of the IET.
What are my career prospects?
The programme will be of interest
to students in technical careers
related to the design/development
of telecommunications systems,
or to those wishing to enter
telecommunications research. The
programme provides a means whereby
graduates from nontelecommunications
technical degrees can move
into this high demand area.
Programme overview
Aston’s long-established MSc in Telecommunications Technology
is designed to develop or update the wide range of technical
understanding, engineering “know-how” and professional skills
needed to contribute effectively to the design and development of
telecommunications systems. To ensure its continuing relevance the
programme is monitored by an industrial steering committee which
includes representatives from major employers.
Outline of programme
Module guide
Taught modules and examinations/assessments are completed during
six months, October to March. After successful completion students
may then progress to the six month individual research project during
April to October. The project is either undertaken in an industrial
laboratory or at the University, often with guidance and direction from
industrial partners.
Core modules:
Radio Systems and Personal Communications Networks
Internetworking
Information Theory and Coding and Traffic Theory
Software Engineering
Introductory Programming
Digital Transmission
Optical Communications
Mobile Data Networks
Realtime Communication Networks
Project Preparation
MSc Project.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Xiaohong Peng
Dr. Peng teaches radio systems and mobile data networks in this MSc
programme. His research areas range from wireless and multimedia
communications and networks to sensor networks for healthcare
and wellbeing. He has led research projects in both theoretical
developments and practical system realisation through collaboration
with industry in telecommunications, data storage and mobile
communication networks. Dr Peng is a senior member of the Institute
of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (SMIEEE).
Application and contact
MSc Admissions Officer
T: +44 (0)121 204 3668
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: seaspgtaught@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
This programme is designed to train aspiring scientists and budding
IT professionals who wish to rely on numerical proficiency to further
their career goals. The programme consists of a training aspect of
taught components (4 modules, first 3 months) and a significant
interdisciplinary research project in complex systems (9 months).
Research topics are chosen by students from a list of topics ranging
from biology to finance and are supervised by academics from the
Non-linearity and Complexity Research Group (NCRG) at Aston.
Outline of programme
Module guide
This MSc integrates a taught component of four modules over three
months (50 credits) with a substantial individual research project
lasting nine months (130 credits).
Core modules:
Algorithms and Computational Mathematics (10 credits):
Linear algebra, optimisation and numerical analysis
Introduction to Methods of Statistical Physics (10 credits):
Statistical physics and its applications
Statistical Pattern Analysis and Probabilistic Modelling (15 credits):
Probabilistic models, Bayesian inference, decision theory & Monte
Carlo methods
Stochastic and Non-Linear Dynamical Systems (15 credits):
Dynamics of deterministic and random systems using ODEs,
applications in biology & finance
Research Project (130 credits): Research work in the general field of
complexity to be jointly chosen by the supervisor and student.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Amit K Chattopadhyay
After obtaining a Ph.D. in theoretical physics (2001), Dr. Chattopadhyay
took up high profile research positions in Germany, UK, Italy and
India. He has authored and co-authored over 30 publications in
international peer reviewed journals and has been awarded the
Alexander von Humboldt fellowship and the Marie Curie Incoming
International Fellowship, the two highest research awards in Europe for
his researches in mathematical biology and statistical physics. He is
a co-author of a leading textbook in `Heat and Thermodynamics’ with
the same title.
Application and contact
Research Student Coordinator
T: +44 (0)121 204 3663 +44 (0)121 204 3500
F: +44 (0)121 204 3685
E: seasres@aston.ac.uk
Key facts
1 year full-time: three months of taught
modules and a nine month individual
project.
2 years part time.
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 10 per year for
UK/EU students and 15 per year for
international students
Specific subject requirements
Applicants must achieve a minimum
of a 2:2 Honours Degree in a numerate
science from a UK University, or an
equivalent international qualification.
The Programme Director may conduct
an interview in person or by telephone.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need to
demonstrate English Language ability
(please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
Unique training in theoretical
interdisciplinary research
Engagement with internationally
recognised scientists
Possibility to achieve (funded) PhD
as a follow-up programme
High demand for skilled individuals
in R&D sectors in industry and in IT.
What are my career prospects?
The programme has been designed to
meet the demand for mathematically
skilled experts in the modelling and
analysis of complex systems both in
the academic and industrial arena.
Graduates may be employed in a
broad range of positions: research
and development teams as a part of
a large company, in start-ups, or as
consultants. We expect a substantial
fraction of graduates from this
programme to join research teams in
high-tech engineering and IT sectors.
Previous evidence suggests that such
employment prospects are good.
Projects in collaboration with industrial
partners provide excellent opportunity to
forge links with industry that may result
in subsequent employment.
88 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
89

School of Engineering & Applied Science
MSc Wireless Communications and Networking
School of Engineering & Applied Science
Aston Institute of Photonic Technologies
Key facts
1 year full-time: six months of taught
modules on campus and a six month
individual project, possibly within
industry.
Start date: October
Intake: Up to 25 per year
Specific subject requirements
A first or good second class Honours
Degree from a UK academic
organisation in a relevant engineering
field, science or closely related
discipline. Qualifications from outside
the UK or a combination of qualifications
and experience will also be considered.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need to
demonstrate English Language ability
(please see page 77 for details).
Key benefits
Prepares students for an
intellectually challenging career as a
qualified engineer
Provides a thorough grounding in the
principles and the requisite specialist
knowledge and skills to develop,
manage and adapt current systems
An industrial advisory group reviews
the programme on a continual basis
Guest lectures presented by
acknowledged experts drawn from
industry
An active alumni group on LinkedIn
Free student membership of the IET.
What are my career prospects?
Potential employers include wireless
communication equipment, infrastructure
and service providers, mobile network
operators, mobile phone manufactures,
and telecommunications regulators.
A Masters degree in this area may
also act as a pre-requisite for a
research career built on emerging
technologies in communications,
computing, data storage, information
and signal processing.
Programme overview
The Wireless Communications and Networking programme is
designed to address the rapidly increasing demand for qualified
engineers and managers well equipped with knowledge in wireless
and mobile communication systems and networks. This one-year
programme offers six-month taught modules covering a wide range
of subjects from fundamental information and communications
technology (ICT) to contemporary developments in wireless and
mobile industry. It also includes a six-month individual project with
opportunities of collaborations with industry partners. This programme
is suitable for those who want to develop knowledge and skills needed
for a successful career in these specific and related areas.
The programme is supported by dedicated facilities in the Electronic
Engineering Department and across the University, such as teaching
and computing laboratories, and the involvement of experienced
members of staff. Our research facilities in the Adaptive Communications
and Networks Research Group and Wireless Network Laboratory
are also available for use on MSc projects. To ensure its continuing
relevance the programme is monitored by an industrial steering
committee which includes representatives from major employers.
Outline of programme
Module guide
This MSc programme integrates a taught component of nine modules
plus a major project and a project preparation module, constituting
in total 180 credits. Taught modules and examinations/assessments
are completed during six months, October to March. After successful
completion students then progress to the six month individual research
project during April to October. The project is either undertaken in an
industrial laboratory or at the University.
Core modules:
Radio Systems and Personal Communications Networks
Mobile Data Networks
Broadband Wireless Networks
Pervasive and Mobile Communication Networks
Realtime Communication Networks
Information Theory and Coding and Traffic Theory
Digital Transmission
Internetworking
Introductory Programming
Project Preparation
MSc Project.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Dr. Xiaohong Peng
Dr. Peng teaches radio systems and mobile data networks in this MSc
programme. His research areas range from wireless and multimedia
communications and networks to sensor networks for healthcare
and wellbeing. He has led research projects in both theoretical
developments and practical system realisation through collaboration
with industry in telecommunications, data storage and mobile
communication networks.
Institute overview
The Aston Institute of Photonic Technologies has a
world recognised record of achievement in fibre optic
component and system research for applications in
communications, sensing, metrology and biosciences.
The Institute has established collaborations with
industrial sectors, including aerospace, transport,
medical, defence, energy and communications. More
recently, its activities have expanded in the fields
of biomedical photonics and nanophotonics. PhD
students can enjoy both fundamental science research
and very practical applications of this research.
Research interests
Fibre grating technology and its applications
High-capacity fibre transmission systems
Fibre optic sensors
Mathematical modelling of optical communication
systems
Bio-photonics and medical applications of
photonics
All-optical processing
Femtosecond laser processing of materials
Polymer fibre optics
Non-linear photonics
Fibre laser systems
Nano materials, devices and applications.
Current projects
We would be interested in supervising projects in
the areas of high-speed optical communications
including information theory of non-linear fibre
channels, non-linear photonics, fibre lasers, polymer
fibres, bio-medical photonics and optical fibre
sensing. Please contact us to discuss specific topics.
Specialist equipment
The group has state-of-the-art high-speed optical
communication laboratories. It operates UV laser
grating inscription systems for fibre and planar device
fabrication. It also has three operational amplified
femtosecond pulse systems for advanced fabrication
capability of microstructuring and laser machining. In
addition, a class 1000 clean room facility is equipped
for photonic/nano fabrication processing.
Application and contact
Director of the Institute
Professor Sergei Turitsyn
T: +44 (0)121 204 3538
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: s.k.turitsyn@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/photonics
90 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
91

School of Engineering & Applied Science
Adaptive Communications Networks Research Group
School of Engineering & Applied Science
Bioenergy Research Group
Group overview
We focus on a range of networking architectures
from wireless LANs to mobile cellular systems to
adhoc wireless sensor networks. The research
includes investigations of novel network architectures
and protocols/algorithms for improving network
performance, quality assessment of video streaming
and applications of wireless networks (e.g. for
e-health, ITS and smart grid).
Research interests
We would be interested in supervising projects in the
areas of mobile cellular networks, video transmission,
ad-hoc sensor networks, traffic analysis and parallel
computing.
Current projects
Architectures and resource optimisation
LTE resource management
Smart grid
Vehicle networks
Wireless video streaming
Internet traffic statistics and models
Parallel computation.
Specialist equipment
We have access to extensive simulation facilities
and specially designed software for modeling and
analysing the behaviour of networks and concurrent
systems. Prototype designs can be developed using
modern digital electronics CAD facilities. Designs can
be synthesised and implemented using state-of-theart
FPGA’s including SoC (System on Chip) devices,
miniature wireless sensor nodes, DSP devices,
microprocessors and microcontrollers. We also have
state-of-the-art graphics processing boards used for
parallel computation.
Funding sources
The group has industrial support from Xyratex and
RIM. We have also received funding from EPSRC
and the TSB.
Collaboration
The group collaborates with the Centre for Scientific
Computing at Warwick University, Toshiba Research
Laboratory and Bristol University.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Professor Keith Blow
E: k.j.blow@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/acnrg
Group overview
The aim of the Bioenergy Research Group is to
apply chemical engineering science and technology
to the development of advanced processes for the
production of liquid and gaseous fuels, chemicals,
heat and electricity from biomass and wastes.
The Bioenergy Research Group is a founding member
of EBRI (page 97) where all its facilities and activities
are based.
Research interests
The current activities of the group focus on
fast pyrolysis and gasification of biomass with
complementary work on system design and technical,
economic and commercial evaluation. These include
biomass preparation, fast pyrolysis for bio-oil,
design, modelling, catalytic pyrolysis, optimisation,
characterisation, upgrading of bio-oil, biorefineries.
Current projects
Member of the EPSRC sponsored SUPERGEN
Bioenergy Consortium
EC sponsored DibaNet working with Latin America
EC sponsored BRISK infrastructure project
Norwegian Research Council on fast pyrolysis for
biorefineries
European EERA Bioenergy consortium
IEA Bioenergy Pyrolysis Task UK member.
Specialist equipment
The Research Group has four continuous fluid bed fast
pyrolysis reaction systems for production of bio-oil with
extensive supporting analytical and characterisation
facilities, including micro-reactor pyrolysis with close
coupled GCMS- FID and continuous micro-reactor
processing systems for upgrading.
Funding sources
Funding comes mostly from the European Commission
and other national funding agencies in Europe and also
the EPSRC and DECC.
Collaboration
There is extensive formal and informal collaboration
in 44 countries around the world through international
collaborative projects and international agreements as
well as informal arrangements.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Professor Tony Bridgwater
T: +44 (0)121 204 3381
E: a.v.bridgwater@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/berg
92 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
93

School of Engineering & Applied Science
Biomedical Engineering Research Group
School of Engineering & Applied Science
Computer Science Research Group
Group overview
The Group has five academic staff with international
track records of working at the interfaces between
engineering and medicine, biology, manufacturing and
design. The group produces innovative state-of-the-art
devices for use in surgery, medicine and rehabilitation.
Research interests
Medical devices including artificial heart implants,
neurosensory devices (cochlear)
Robotics including micro-robotic surgical tools
Smart sensing systems for discriminating tissues,
cells, proteins on the micro and nano scale
Biomechanics including cell mechanics,
computational and experimental bloodflow
dynamics.
We would be interested in supervising projects in the
areas of novel medical devices, sensing and diagnosis
systems, modelling in biomedical engineering.
Current projects
Development of a smart catheter for endovascular
intervention
Microsystems for medical diagnosis
Occular alignment for ophthalmic instruments
Development of a combination optical coherence
tomography and high resolution imaging system
Chronic intermittent mechanical cardiac support
Modelling of carotid atherosclerotic plaque stability
Modelling of anterior eye tissues.
Specialist equipment
State-of-the-art facilities such as confocal
microscopes, microlaser tracking systems, atomic
force microscope, scanning micro laser vibrometer,
EMG monitoring equipment, robotic manipulators and
rapid prototyping facilities.
Funding sources
Our research is funded by a range of research councils,
government bodies, charity foundations and industrial
sponsors.
Collaboration
We work closely with hospitals and international
institutions, such as the QE hospital in Birmingham,
St George’s hospital in London, University of Illinois
and the World Academy of Biomedical Technology of
UNESCO.
Group overview
The Computer Science Research Group brings
together expertise from a wide range of Computer
Science areas. Group members pursue funded
research in five main themes: computational
intelligence, software engineering, pattern analysis,
visual information processing and cognitive science.
The theory and tools developed by the group are used
in application domains ranging from health informatics
to geoinformatics. The group has close links with the
Non-linearity and Complexity Research Group.
Research interests
We are interested in supervising projects in:
Health informatics, specialising in clinical decision
support and ontologies
Computational intelligence: agent-based systems,
evolutionary computation, semantic web, and
spatial systems
Software engineering: reliable software, adaptive
computer systems
Visual Information Processing: visual 3D inference,
video analysis
Cognitive science: computational models of
decision processes, human-computer interaction
(HCI), including mobile HCI.
Current projects
GRiST tool for mental health decision support
GeoViQua improving data from earth observation
systems with applications in ecology and
meteorology
ADVANCE: improved decision support for logistics.
Specialist equipment
Aston Interactive Media Lab: for the design and
evaluation of novel interaction technologies and
computer vision
High-performance computer clusters run by the
School.
Funding sources
UK research councils and National Health Service,
industry (Knowledge Transfer Partnerships and CASE
studentships), charities, and the EU.
Collaboration
Collaborations are organised around the development
of real-world applications, and have led to innovative
systems that are used in industry and the health
service.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Professor Ian Nabney
T: +44 (0)121 204 3645
F +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: i.t.nabney@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/csrg
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Dr Xianghong Ma
T: +44 (0)121 204 3592
E: x.ma@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/biomedical
94 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
95

School of Engineering & Applied Science
Engineering Education Research Group
School of Engineering & Applied Science
European Bioenergy Research Institute
Group overview
Ensuring the highest quality and most relevant
engineering education for students is a goal of every
university engineering department. The Engineering
Education Research Group is focused on developing
the understanding that will enable colleagues across
the sector to introduce innovative and relevant learning
and teaching practice that addresses the needs of
industry whilst engaging students in their learning.
Research interests
The group, which is made up of both engineering and
social science academics, is not only concerned with
HE, but the whole ‘engineering education pipeline’ from
primary school to the employment of engineers and
their continued learning.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Dr. Robin Clark
T: +44 (0)121 204 3567
F: +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: r.p.clark@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/eerg
Current projects
Evaluation of active learning
The importance of relationships, variety and
coherency in engineering education
Bringing business and engineering together
Attributes of the graduate engineers of the future
Introducing engineering at primary school level
Peer mentoring and strategies to aid transition into
university.
Specialist equipment
State-of-the-art facilities such as confocal
microscopes, microlaser tracking systems, atomic
force microscope, scanning micro laser vibrometer,
EMG monitoring equipment, robotic manipulators and
rapid prototyping facilities.
Funding sources
National HE STEM Programme, Royal Academy of
Engineering, HEFCE/Paul Hamlyn Foundation, EU,
Higher Education Academy.
Collaboration
The group collaborates extensively with universities
and organisations in the UK, Europe and beyond,
particularly through the national and international
Engineering Education Research networks associated
with the HEA, SEFI, A2E2, ASEE and REEN.
Group overview
Launched in 2007, the European Bioenergy
Research Institute (EBRI) at Aston University has
created a unique platform for the development
and implementation of bioenergy systems in local,
national, European and international contexts.
Research interests
EBRI performs research and knowledge transfer in
all aspects of bioenergy, by acting as a demonstrator
of these technologies and by providing industrial
research collaborators the opportunity to run process
trials, evaluate feed materials and study combinations
of processes prior to investment. Research at
EBRI focuses on topics such as thermo-chemical
conversion techniques (lsuch as pyrolysis, gasification,
combustion) of biomass, optimisation of reaction
parameters by the study of formal kinetic parameters
and hot gas filtration. EBRI also investigates special
kinds of feedstock like algae by cultivating them in
photo bio-reactors. The application of biochar on
agricultural land is also being investigated.
Specialist equipment
Research equipment includes giant photo bioreactors
harnessing algae, thermal reactors, bench and
laboratory scale pyrolysers, gasifiers, combustors,
catalytic refiners for biorefinery and synthesis of fuels,
and fluidised bed reformers.
Funding sources
Funding sources are from the European Union as well
as UK research funding councils. EBRI also hasmany
projects with industry and academia from all over
Europe. These partnerships are on a project basis,
consulting basis or based on studentships.
Collaboration
EBRI is collaborating with partners both from industry
and the academic community. Industrial partners
include Severn Trent Water, Utilicom, E.ON, Schnell
Motors, Moser Engines, Varicon Aqua Solutions,
Oxford Catalysts, Johnson Matthey, Tenmat, WGD
and WSE.
EBRI is also working with local governing bodies
including Birmingham City Council.
EBRI was recently awarded £8.2 million from the
European Regional Development Fund to build a new
world-class facility on the Aston University campus
to support businesses explore the high growth field
of bioenergy. The new EBRI building opened in 2013.
Facilities include six bioenergy topic laboratories
exploring new biomass, micro-reactors, catalysis,
syngas, pyrolysis and analytics.
Application and contact
Director of the European Bioenergy Research Institute
Professor Andreas Hornung
T: +44 (0)121 204 3391
E: a.hornung@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/ebri
96 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
97

School of Engineering & Applied Science
Nanoscience Research Group
School of Engineering & Applied Science
Non-linearity and Complexity Research Group
Group overview
The Nanoscience Research Group (NRG) is a recently
established research group in carbon-based materials
including diamond, diamond-like carbon, carbonnanotubes
and graphene.
Research interests
We would be interested in supervising projects in the
areas of:
Growth of diamond, carbon-nanotubes and
graphene using chemical vapour deposition
methods
Electrospun carbon fibres and nanocomposites
Electronic devices and strain sensors, femtosecond
laser inscription on diamond
Nanodiamond particles for drug delivery
Nanomaterials synthesis by laser ablation and
chemical routes
Nanomaterials surface functionalization
Optical Spectroscopy of nanomaterials
Nanomaterials for Photonic and Biological sensor
applications.
Current projects
EPSRC: Nanodiamond additives for Cold Water
Cleaning
EPSRC: Diamond based pressure sensors for high
temperature harsh environments
EPSRC Nanotechnology Knowledge Transfer
Network Industrial Case Studentship:
Nanodiamond Coatings for Advanced Engineering
Application
Nanodiamond Fibres for Biomedical Applications,
Daiwa Anglo-Japanese Foundation
Electrospun Nanodiamond Fibres, British Council
Windsor Treaty Programme
Royal Academy of Engineering Distinguished
Visiting Fellowship Awards
Marie Curie IIF, CNTBUS Project
Marie Curie IIF, MPIS-FET Project
Marie Curie IRSES, CarbonNASA Project
Marie Curie IRSES, TeLaSens Project
The Science for Peace NATO Project: “Novel
Macromolecular Complexes for Rapid Detection of
Hazardous Agents”
JSPS London Furusato Award: “Functionalisation
Carbon Nanotubes for Biological Sensors”
The Royal Society Research Grant: “Functional
nanomaterials for photonic and sensor
applications”.
Specialist equipment
Chemical Vapour Deposition, Electrospin, Hall Effect
Measurement, Surface Contact Angle Measurement,
Photolithography, Sputtering, UV-Near IR absorption/
transmission Spectroscopy, Photoluminescence
Excitation- Emission Spectroscopy, Micro Raman
Spectroscopy, Laser Ablation System based on Cu
Vapour and Yt Fibre Lasers, Ultrasonic Processors,
Ultracentrifuge.
Funding sources
EPSRC, DBIS, Daiwa Foundation, EU FP7, British
Council, The Royal Society, JSPS, NATO, Advantage
West Midlands.
Collaboration
Warwick University, NIMS (Japan), Chinese Academy
of Sciences (China), Queen Mary University of
London, University of Aveiro (Portugal), Alfred
University (USA), Norfolk State University (USA),
Saga University (Japan), Max-Planck Institute
for Mathematic in Sciences (Germany), Tampere
University of Technology (Finland), University of Tokyo
(Japan), NAS (Ukraine), Novosibirsk State University
(Russia), Brno University of Technology (Czech
Republic).
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Dr. Haitao Ye and Dr. Alex Rozhin
T: +44 (0)121 204 3526/3494
F +44 (0)121 204 3682
E: h.ye@aston.ac.uk a.rozhin@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/nrg
Group overview
The main strength of the group is in the application of
principled mathematical and statistical approaches to
a broad range of problems, mostly related to the area
of complexity. Complementing activities in pattern
analysis, the group has a highly visible programme
in the application of statistical physics methods to
complex systems, and substantial activities in nonlinear
and stochastic partial differential equations
with applications ranging from photonics to financial
mathematics.
Research interests and current projects
Theoretical
Statistical physics of complex systems;
optimisation and emergent behaviour in
telecommunication, noisy circuits, routing and
coupled oscillator systems
Probabilistic and Bayesian networks, statistical
machine learning and advanced inference methods
Propagation of optical solitons in fibre transmission
Navier-Stokes equations applied to shear flow;
bifurcation theory
Theoretical immunology; agent based optimisation
Complex dynamics of molecular and biomolecular
systems.
Application orientated
Data fusion in biomedical data analysis
(EEG/ECG/fMRI)
Uncertainty modelling and visualisation of high
dimensional genomic data
Steganography for communications and medical
biopatterns
Statistical meteorological forecasting
Molecular dynamics of protein ligand interaction
Biomedical signal processing.
Industrially funded
Prediction of energy prices
Visualisation and analysis of biological screening
data
Design risk modelling in jet engines
Optimisation and management of smart-grids
Mixing in turbulent flow.
Specialist equipment
Local computing facilities include three dedicated
computer clusters and an Informatics Laboratory.
Funding sources
Research Councils, EU, the Royal Society, the Royal
Academy of Engineering and the Leverhulme Trust.
Industrial collaborations include Cardionetics, British
Gas, British Aerospace, E.ON, Pfizer, Key Traffic, Met
Office, Dow Corning, Alstom and Rolls-Royce.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Professor David Saad
T: +44 (0)121 204 3685
F +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: ncrg@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/ncrg
98 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
99

School of Engineering & Applied Science
Power Engineering and Power Electronics Group
School of Engineering & Applied Science
Polymer and Advanced Materials Research Group
Group overview
The Power Engineering and Power Electronics Group
undertake research into theoretical and practical
aspects of power electronics and in particular its
impact on electrical power networks primarily at the
distribution level. The group has extensive links to
industry and undertakes undergraduate teaching
(primarily foundation degree) to major Power Utilities.
Research interests
We are interested in supervising projects in the areas of:
Smart Grid Systems – especially applied to LV
Distribution Systems
HVDC – topologies, control and systems
Battery energy storage – impact on networks and
converter technologies
Power electronics – industrial and transportation
applications.
Current Projects
Power electronic converters for smart grid LV
networks (Case Award with WPD)
Inverter connected battery technology for network
benefits (EPSRC)
Multi-level power converters for HVDC applications
(Case Award with Alstom Grid)
Project FALCON (Tier 2 LCNF with WPD).
Specialist equipment
The Group’s laboratory facility is equipped with
purpose-built power supplies, LeCroy high-speed
oscilloscopes and probes, Agilent network/impedance
analyser and DSpace and OPAL-RT rapid prototyping
systems for power engineering research work.
Funding sources
The group has been funded from EPSRC, TSB (KTP
programme), Case Awards and from companies
including Alstom Grid, WPD and E.ON UK.
Collaboration
The group has existing partnerships with a growing
number of utility companies and specialist suppliers to
the power industry, including National Grid, E.ON UK,
WPD and Alstom Grid.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Dr. Andrew Cross
T: +44 (0)121 204 3731
F +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: a.m.cross@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/pepe
Group overview
The Group is a leading broad-based polymer
research group of national and international standing
with expertise in basic and applied multidisciplinary
research into polymers and biomaterials; from novel
design and synthesis, to melt processing and the role
of specialty additives and antioxidants, through to their
performance in service for industrial, biological and
medical applications. The activities of the Group are
delivered through three Research Units:
Advanced Materials Research Unit (AMRU)
Biomaterials Research Unit (BRU)
Polymer Processing and Performance Research
Unit (PPP).
Research interests
The research activities of the group focus on three
main areas: design and development of biomaterials,
synthesis of polymers, and processing, performance
and applications of polymer materials.
AMRU is concerned with the design and synthesis
of bespoke monomers and controlled polymerisation
for production of novel materials with applications in
solar cell technology, drug delivery, cellular delivery,
sensors and polymeric ligands for nanoparticles.
BRU focuses on the synthesis and behaviour
of biocompatible and biomimetic polymers and
analogues of biological fluids such as tears, lung
surfactant and synovial fluid, and on the design and
fabrication of new soft tissue analogues for biomedical
applications.
PPP deals with a broad range of cross-disciplinary
topics related to polymer durability, degradability and
performance including antioxidant chemistry and
reactive processing and modification of polymers,
blends and nanocomposites.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Professor Sahar Al-Malaika
T: +44 (0)121 204 3372
F +44 (0)121 204 3679
E: s.al-malaika@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/polymer
Current projects
Synthesis of polymers for irreversible
immobilisation and stabilisation of quantum dots
Synthesis and evaluation of polymer beads for
cellular delivery
Spin-coating mechanism of photoactive polymer
blends and copolymers
Improving the lifetime and efficiency of organic
solar cells
Nanofibrous membranes for water purification
Mechanistic studies of polychloroprene
crosslinking, using controlled polymerisation and
spectroscopic analysis
The synthesis and in vivo performance of
ophthalmic biomaterials
The development of novel biomimetic surfactant
systems
Injectable soft tissue analogues for bodily repair
and regeneration
Vitamin E antioxidant in orthopaedic implants
Non-migratory antioxidants for polymers in
human-contact applications
Stabilisation of polymers by natural (rosemarybased)
antioxidants
Biopolymer-based nanocomposites: performance
and durability
Reactive melt processing and stabilisation of
polymer-clay nanocomposites
Degradable polymers: mechanistic role of additives
and nanoclays in TPUs.
Specialist equipment
The Group has extensive facilities for polymer
synthesis and characterisation, state-of-the-art
polymer melt processing, testing and analytical
facilities including extruders and moulding machines,
accelerated environmental exposure and ageing
devices, thermal, mechanical, spectroscopic
and chromatographic equipment. State of the art
facilities are available for biological and biochemical
characterisation of biomaterials performance.
Funding sources
The Group has a continuous stream of funding from
a broad range of sources including the EU, national
and international companies, EPSRC, BBSRC, Royal
Society and Government bodies, for funding of
studentships and research fellowships.
Collaboration
The Group has a large network of international and
national collaborators from industry, research institutes
and universities in the UK, EU, USA, Australia and Asia.
100 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
101

School of Engineering & Applied Science
Project and Supply Chain Management Research Group
School of Engineering & Applied Science
Sustainable Environment Research Group
Group overview
This is a new and rapidly developing group of
established researchers in supply chain and project
management. We conduct qualitative, quantitative
and modelling based research across a wide range of
settings, including health, automotive, construction,
engineering design, agri-food, retailing, humanitarian
and third party logistics. Our work often crosses
disciplinary, functional and organizational boundaries,
and is at the intersection of technology, policy and
management practice.
Research interests
We are interested in supervising projects in all areas
of project or supply chain management, including in
particular:
Innovation: developing products, services and
markets
Construction: whole life costing, sustainability,
design and process improvement
Supply management and business strategy
Sustainable/resource efficient supply chains.
Current Projects
Current projects include:
Risk and uncertainty in supply markets in the
energy from waste sector
Logistics: parcel delivery, RFID and 3PL;
warehousing
The implementation of ultra low carbon vehicles
Technology management in export-oriented SMEs
in Pakistan
Supply chain visibility and pharmaceuticals
shortages
NHS and medical device manufacturers -
collaboration for innovation
Project risk management in the electric power
sector.
Several of these projects involve collaboration with
other research groups at Aston University and
externally.
Specialist equipment
The Group’s laboratory facility is equipped with
purpose-built power supplies, LeCroy high-speed
oscilloscopes and probes, Agilent network/impedance
analyser and DSpace and OPAL-RT rapid prototyping
systems for power engineering research work.
Funding sources
The group has been funded from Engineering and
Physical Sciences Research Council; Economic and
Social Research Council; various manufacturing
companies, third party logistics companies and public
organisations.
Collaboration
Several projects involve collaboration with other
research groups at Aston University and externally,
for example EBRI (see page 97) and the Work and
Organizational Psychology group in Aston Business
School. Students work closely with companies and
public organizations such as Birmingham City Council
and the NHS.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Dr. Louise Knight
T: +44 (0)121 204 3605
F +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: l.knight2@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/pscm
Group overview
The Sustainable Environment Research Group (SERG)
aims to develop sustainable solutions for vital services
in the areas of energy, water, food and transport.
It is an interdisciplinary group that brings together
experts in mechanical engineering, product design,
remote sensing, computer modelling, and engineering
management – all having a common interest in meeting
the challenges posed by the impact of human activities
on the environment. Research falls under four main
themes:
Green transport and alternative fuels
Resource efficiency in product design and
supply chains
Solar energy for cooling and desalination
Land resource assessment.
Current projects
Current projects include:
BUMILLA – Business Model Innovation in Living
Labs
CABLED – Coventry and Birmingham Low
Emission Vehicle Demonstrators
Desert Agriculture Research Initiative
Resource-efficient agri-food supply chains
Science Bridge Project – Bioenergy: Technology
and Business Solutions for UK and India
Water use rates of fenland.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Dr. Philip Davies
T: +44 (0)121 204 3724
F +44 (0)121 204 3676
E: p.a.davies@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/eas/research/groups/serg
102 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3400 | Email: engineering@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/eas
www.aston.ac.uk
103

School of Languages & Social Sciences
School of of Languages & & Social Sciences
Languages &
Social ScienceS
Why choose us?
The School of Languages & Social Sciences is a
lively international School with two great strengths – a
stimulating intellectual environment and a reputation for
excellence in learning and teaching. We offer a range
of taught postgraduate programmes both on campus
and by distance learning. The research and professional
expertise of highly motivated academics will support the
development of your specialist knowledge and skills.
Search for Aston LSS
@AstonLSS
On Campus
108 Double Masters in Europe and the World
109 Double Masters in Governance and
International Politics
110 Joint MA in Multilevel Governance and
International Relations (with Integrated
Professional Training)
111 MA in the European Union and International
Relations
112 MA in Forensic Linguistics
113 MA in International Relations and Global
Governance
114 MA in Public Policy and Social Change
115 MA in Social Research and Social Change
116 MA in TESOL
117 MA in TESOL and Translation Studies
118 MA in Translation in a European Context
120 MA in Translation Studies
To find out more, visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/lss
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
E: Taught Programmes
lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
E: Research
lss_research@aston.ac.uk
Distance Learning
121 Aston University Certificate in Advanced
Studies in English Language Teaching
122 MSc in Applied Linguistics
123 MSc in Forensic Linguistics
124 MSc in Teaching English to Speakers of
Other Languages (TESOL)
124 MSc in Teaching English for Specific Purposes
(TESP)
124 MSc in Teaching English to Young Learners
(TEYL)
124 MSc in Educational Management in TESOL
(EMT)
Research Programmes
126 Modern Languages and Translation Studies
127 French
127 German
127 Spanish
127 Translation Studies
128 English and Applied Linguistics
128 Centre for Forensic Linguistics (CFL)
129 Corpus Linguistics/The Aston Corpus
Network (ACORN)
129 The Centre for Language Education
Research at Aston (CLERA)
131 Sociology and Policy
132 Politics and International Relations
133 Aston Centre for Europe (ACE)
104 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
105

School of Languages & Social Sciences
School of of Languages & & Social Sciences
Taught Programmes
The School’s programmes are very flexible, thanks
to modular structures and distance learning options.
All our programmes offer a thorough grounding in
research methods and are also a route to doctoral
research. A number of bursaries are available. Contact
the School’s Postgraduate Admissions Office for
further details.
Research Programmes
The School conducts research in seven main research
groupings:
English/Applied Linguistics
French
German
Politics and International Relations
Sociology and Policy
Spanish
Translation Studies
Research training is provided for all students through
an integrated Research Methods and Skills course.
Across the School there are dedicated facilities for
research students. Our research centres provide
a stimulating annual programme of seminars,
conferences and workshops in which research
students enjoy active participation.
For further information or to make an application,
contact the School’s Research Officer at
lss_research@aston.ac.uk. Part-time study is possible.
Contact the School’s Research Officer on
lss_research@aston.ac.uk for details of
available bursaries.
PhD by Distance Learning
If you are interested in taking up PhD studies in the
areas of Applied Linguistics, Modern Languages
(French, German, Spanish) or Translation Studies,
the School also offers a PhD in distance learning
mode. This innovative PhD builds upon our extensive
experience in distance learning masters programmes.
The programme is designed to meet the needs of
students who will be given an individually-tailored
learning pathway, in consultation with a supervisor,
based on previous experience and qualifications.
The programme consists of subject specific elements,
research training and academic preparation.
106 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
107

School of Languages & Social Sciences
Double Masters in Europe and the World
On Campus
School of Languages & Social Sciences
Double Masters in Governance and International Politics
On Campus
Key facts
2 years full-time, (first year at Aston,
second year at Lille)
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
Normally a good UK Honours Degree
(minimum of upper second class) in an
appropriate subject, or an equivalent
qualification. Applicants whose first
language is not English must also have
an IELTS score of 6.5 overall with a
minimum of 7 in writing and minimum of
6 in speaking, listening and reading or
an equivalent qualification. Applicants
must demonstrate competency in
French to the required level. Please see
our website for requirements.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
Graduate opportunities lie notably
in European institutions, European
interest groups and lobbies,
national governments, international
organisations, international business,
politics and journalism.
“I chose this course because I felt
that such a unique qualification
which combines academic work, the
opportunity to improve my language
skills as well as allowing me to gain
practical experience in a related
internship would make me stand out
when applying for jobs. I would like to
use my language skills and and the
knowledge I have acquired about the
way the EU works, which I feel this
course has equipped me to do.”
Kiki Roberts,
Double MA in Europe and the World
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
Aston University and the Institut d’Etudes Politiques Lille offer you an
exceptional opportunity to pursue a Double Masters in the area of
European Studies with a vocational focus on the EU. The design of
the programme provides an internationally orientated understanding
of European affairs which is enhanced by its mix of both French and
British perspectives. It will prepare you to embark on a challenging
career path that requires a knowledge of Europe’s place in the world
and a practically orientated grasp of EU decision-making processes
and legislation.
Outline of programme
At Aston, the programme comprises of mainly taught modules.
Core modules:
The European Union
The EU as a Global Actor
Minor dissertation based on supervised study and research on a
chosen topic (10,000 words).
Optional modules include:
International Relations and the Global Order
Germany and the World
International Security
Cities and Regions in the Global Economy
Partisan Politics in Europe
Asia-Europe Relations: Between Interregionalism and Bilateralism
Research Methods
The EU and its Neighbours
Leaders and Leadership in a European and Global Context
Religion and Politics
Security and Defence in Europe
Comparative and International Political Economy
The Globalisation of the International Political Economy
Language module (choice of French, English, German, Spanish,
Arabic, Chinese).
In the first semester at the Institut d’Etudes Politiques (IEP) Lille,
students choose from a range of modules from IEP’s European
Studies fourth-year curriculum. In the second semester you proceed
to an EU-focused internship in nearby Brussels; alongside this you also
complete a minor amount of IEP module work.
Assessment
At Aston the taught modules are assessed mainly by written
examination or extended essay. The minor dissertation is of 10,000
words length. At IEP-Lille you are assessed by written examination for
your module work. The assessment of the rapport de stage for the
internship includes a viva.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Carolyn Rowe
Carolyn’s teaching interests include: European Union integration, politics
and policies; regional and territorial politics; political communication.
Programme overview
Aston University, together with the Otto-Friedrich-Universität Bamberg,
Germany are offering this exciting programme which allows students
to develop a rich understanding of contemporary governance and
international politics, complemented by a thorough awareness of both
British and German perspectives on global challenges. This Double
MA programme provides students with sophisticated political analysis
skills, as well as broadening their insights into political questions
across a wide range of issue areas.
Outline of programme
At Aston, students take a range of core and optional modules.
Core modules:
International Relations Theory
Globalisation, Regionalism and Global Governance.
Optional modules include:
International Relations and the Global Order
Transatlantic Relations in Historical Perspective: the
US and Europe
Germany and the World
Europe’s Regions and their Governance
When is the Nation? Nationalism and Identity
International Security
Religion and Politics
Leaders and Leadership in a European and Global Context
International Ethics and Literature
Research Methods
Security and Defence in Europe
Comparative and International Political Economy.
In the second year at the Otto-Friedrich-Universität Bamberg,
Germany, students take a number of modules relating to political
and social analysis, such as collective action in representative
democracies, analysis of political institutions, political parties and party
systems in advanced industrial democracies or the determinants of
public policy in Western Democracies.
Assessment
At Aston, the taught modules are assessed mainly by written
examination or extended essay. The taught element is complemented
by a 15,000 word dissertation on a subject in the field of governance
and international politics.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Carolyn Rowe
Carolyn’s teaching interests include: European Union integration,
politics and policies; regional and territorial politics; political
communication.
Key facts
2 years full-time, (first year at Aston,
second year at Bamberg)
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
Normally a good UK Honours Degree
(minimum of upper second class) in an
appropriate subject, or an equivalent
qualification. Applicants whose first
language is not English must also have
an IELTS score of 6.5 overall with a
minimum of 7 in writing and minimum of
6 in speaking, listening or reading or an
equivalent qualification.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
Graduate opportunities lie notably in
government or international organisations,
international business, politics, journalism
or policy research. Students may also
choose to proceed to further study and
to forge careers in academia.
“This is a challenging programme,
with an emphasis on the analysis of
governance beyond the nation state.
forces students to critique global
power and authority, and allows
them also to assess new approaches
to contemporary and future global
problems. It provides a solid training for
students looking to develop or advance
careers in global policy development,
advocacy, policy management or
diplomatic service. In addition to the
regular courses, the MA involves
visiting speakers, guest talks and
discussions with policy practitioners.”
Dr Carolyn Rowe,
Programme Director
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
108 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
109

School of Languages & Social Sciences
Joint MA in Multilevel Governance and International Relations
(with Integrated Professional Training) On Campus
School of Languages & Social Sciences
MA in the European Union and International Relations
On Campus
Key facts
1 year full-time (first semester at Aston,
second semester at Rennes)
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
Normally a good UK Honours Degree
(minimum of upper second class) in an
appropriate subject, or an equivalent
qualification. Applicants whose first
language is not English must also have
an IELTS score of 6.5 overall with a
minimum of 7 in writing and minimum of
6 in speaking, listening or reading or an
equivalent qualification. Applicants must
demonstrate competency in French
to the required level. Please see our
website for requirements.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
Graduate opportunities lie mainly
in international organisations and
multilateral institutions as well as related
bodies such as lobby groups, or in
government, international business and
journalism.
“This Joint MA delivered by Aston and
by Sciences Po, Rennes, enhances
and enriches students’ understanding
of issues of contemporary governance
and international relations, through
its unique blend of teaching in the UK
and in France, complemented by a
professional work placement. I can think
of few other Masters programmes which
produce such well-rounded graduates,
who are able to speak competently and
with authority about the nature of global
affairs today.”
Professor John Gaffney,
Programme Director
Programme overview
Aston University, together with the Institut d’Etudes Politiques
Rennes, provide this innovative opportunity for study in two countries
in the area of multilevel governance and international relations. Two
terms of academic study are complemented by a related practical
training through a relevant internship. This unique mix delivers a wide
understanding of concerns in contemporary international relations,
enhanced by French and British perspectives on global issues. This
programme will prepare you for a wide range of internationally-oriented
careers that demand insights into complex global challenges.
Outline of programme
At Aston, students take a range of core and optional modules.
Core modules:
International Relations and the Global Order
Globalisation, Regionalism and Global Governance.
Optional modules include:
International Relations Theory
Transatlantic Relations in Historical Perspective: the
US and Europe
Europe’s Regions and their Governance
International Security
Religion and Politics
The EU and East-Asia – Changing Dynamics in Interregional
Relations.
Assessment
At Aston, the taught modules are assessed mainly by written
examination or extended essay. At Rennes, students complete a
dissertation module which is focused on their practical internship.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Carolyn Rowe
Carolyn’s teaching interests include: European Union integration,
politics and policies; regional and territorial politics; political
communication.
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
Through this programme, you will gain a knowledge and
understanding of the EU’s role as an actor on the international
stage. The exercise of political and economic power in a globalised
world is amply explored, and there is a strong policy focus.
Outline of programme
The programme comprises of taught modules and a dissertation.
Core modules:
Research Methods
The EU as a Global Actor.
Optional modules include:
International Relations and the Global Order
Transatlantic Relations in Historical Perspective:
The United States and Europe
Germany and the World
When is the Nation? Nationalism and Identity
International Security
Cities and Regions in the Global Economy
Partisan Politics in Europe
International Ethics and Literature
The EU and its Neighbours
Leaders and Leadership in a European and Global Context
US Foreign Policy in the Cold War
Religion and Politics
Security and Defence in Europe
International Political Communication
Comparative and International Political Economy
The Globalisation of the International Political Economy
Language module (choice of French, English, German,
Spanish, Arabic, Chinese).
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed mainly by written examination or
extended essay. The taught element of the programme is complemented
by a 15,000 word dissertation leading to the award of the MA.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Carolyn Rowe
Carolyn’s teaching interests include: European Union integration, politics
and policies; regional and territorial politics; political communication.
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Key facts
1 year full-time
2-3 years part-time
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
You should normally have, or expect to
obtain, an upper second class Honours
Degree in an appropriate subject, or
equivalent qualification. Applicants
whose first language is not English must
also have an IELTS score of 6.5 overall
with a minimum of 7 in writing and
minimum of 6 in speaking, listening and
reading or an equivalent qualification.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
Graduate opportunities lie notably
in government or international
organisations, international business,
politics, journalism, or in policy research
or higher education (usually after
proceeding to a doctorate).
“For me the best thing about this MA
is that the classes are small. This
means that as well as a really closeknit
friendship group you also get a lot
of discussion and debate in lectures/
seminars and you are encouraged to
really think things through. The course
itself is exciting and flexible and allows
you to focus on the areas of Europe
you’re interested in. I would very
much recommend this MA to anyone
interested in the EU and its growing
place in the world.”
Luke John Davies,
MA in EU and IR
110 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
111

School of Languages & Social Sciences
MA Forensic Linguistics
On campus
School of Languages & Social Sciences
MA in International Relations and Global Governance
On Campus
Key facts
1 year full-time
2 years part-time
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
Normally a good UK Honours Degree
(minimum of an upper second class)
in English Language, Linguistics or
a related discipline or an overseas
degree recognised by Aston University.
Applicants whose first language is not
English must also have an IELTS 6.5
overall, with a minimum of 7.0 in writing
and 6.0 in speaking, listening and
reading.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
This programme is designed for students of linguistics and aims to
improve students linguistic skills and understanding such that they
can apply them to forensic texts and contexts. There is a strong ethos
throughout this programme that forensic linguistics is an application of
linguistics and thus students study and improve their knowledge and
ability of linguistic analysis of spoken and written language. Alongside
the linguistics modules students then learn about the legal and
forensic contexts and how linguists have developed understanding
and critiques of the language of the law and how linguists analyse
language to provide evidence in a variety of legal contexts. To
complete the programme students complete a short practical project
or placement and then research a dissertation.
Outline of programme
This programme comprises of taught modules and a dissertation.
Core modules:
Lexicogrammar
Analysing Written and Spoken Discourse 1
Analysing Written and Spoken Discourse 2
Research Methods
Linguistics in Legal Contexts
Language as Evidence
Practical Applications in Forensic Linguistics Relations.
Assessment
Assessment of each module is typically of a 4000 words assignment
or equivalent and normally requires an element of textual analysis. The
taught element of the programme is complemented by a 15,000 word
dissertation leading to the award of the MA.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Tim Grant
Tim is Director of the Centre for Forensic Linguistics. He has
qualifications in both linguistics and psychology and is particularly
interested in the interaction between forensic linguistics and forensic
psychology. He teaches undergraduate and postgraduate modules
in Forensic Linguistics and Research Methods. His main research
interests are in forensic authorship analysis and he is an experienced
expert witness having provided linguistic evidence in criminal and civil
courts in the UK and internationally.
Programme overview
This programme benefits both from the disciplinary expertise
of research active staff in Politics, International Relations and
European Studies and from the proximity to other disciplines
in the languages and humanities. This Masters qualification is
well suited if you’re looking to progress to PhD level or graduate
employment, ideally internationally oriented careers in the public or
private sector. Through this programme, graduates gain a high level
understanding of political and economic power in a globalised world.
The programme comprises both taught modules and a research
dissertation and students are required to complete 180 credits to
qualify for the MA.
Outline of programme
Students on this MA programme will have the added benefit of
taking part in events and activities organised by the Aston Centre for
Europe. These events have included visits by diplomats, European
Commissioners and high level conferences.
Core modules:
International Relations Theory
Globalisation, Regionalism and Global Governance.
Optional modules include:
International Relations and the Global Order
Germany and the World
When is the Nation? Nationalism and Identity
Cities and Regions in the Global Economy
Partisan Politics in Europe
Asia-Europe Relations: Between Interregionalism and Bilateralism
Research Methods
The EU and its Neighbours
Leaders and Leadership in a European and Global Context
Security and Defence in Europe
Language module (choice of French, English, German, Spanish,
Arabic, Chinese).
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed mainly by written examination
or extended essay. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a 15,000 word dissertation leading to the award of
the MA.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Carolyn Rowe
Carolyn’s teaching interests include: European Union integration,
politics and policies; regional and territorial politics; political
communication.
Key facts
1 year full-time
2-3 years part-time
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
You should normally have, or expect to
obtain, an upper second class Honours
Degree in an appropriate subject, or
equivalent qualification. Applicants
whose first language is not English must
also have an IELTS score of 6.5 overall
with a minimum of 7 in writing and
minimum of 6 in speaking, listening and
reading or an equivalent qualification.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
Graduate opportunities lie notably
in government or international
organisations, international business,
politics, journalism, or in policy research
or higher education (usually after a
doctorate).
“I was attracted to the School of
Languages & Social Sciences at Aston
for its attractive MA programmes
in international politics and more
specifically, the possibility to engage in
the European studies.”
Tomas Novy,
MA in European Union and
International Relations
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
112 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
113

School of Languages & Social Sciences
MA in Public Policy and Social Change
On campus
School of Languages & Social Sciences
MA in Social Research and Social Change
On Campus
Key facts
1 year full-time
2-3 years part-time
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
Normally, at least an upper second
class degree taken in an appropriate
subject (including Business Studies) at a
British or Irish university, or an overseas
degree recognised by Aston University.
Applicants whose first language is not
English must also have an IELTS score
of 6.5 overall with a minimum of 7 in
writing and minimum of 6 in speaking,
listening and reading or an equivalent
qualification.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
This MA programme opens the way
vocationally to both research at
doctoral level and to work in the private,
voluntary and public sectors.
“ The quality of teaching here has
been brilliant. All of my tutors
are passionate about their area of
knowledge and highly supportive of
their students. The course has
given me an excellent grounding in the
major sociological theories, as well as
in basic public policy issues. I also had
the opportunity to take part in a 3-week
work placement, which I chose to do
at the West Midlands Labour Party.
This means that after graduating there
will be more than one route I could take
in terms of my career.”
Sophia Todd
MA in Public Policy and Social Change
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
Our exciting new masters programme in Public Policy and Social Change
builds on the successful MA in Social Research and Social Change.
The future of key public services and programmes in the wake of
the financial crisis hangs in the balance at the very time that levels
of unemployment and inequality are rising. Policy responses to
climate change are likely to disrupt the current social order as we
strive to implement a carbon neutral economy. Policy makers and
those employed in the public, private and voluntary sectors (present
and future) need new tools for understanding how important social
changes relate to policy, and understanding the relationship between
policy and service delivery in practice.
The Sociology and Public Policy Department is a dynamic group of
scholars at the forefront of thinking about how we shape and define
new public values; how we understand processes of governing; how
we can enliven political debate, contestation and engagement; and
how we think about social change. We have specific expertise in a
number of key policy domains; social care; urban policy; education
policy; environmental policy; and health policy. As a postgraduate
student, you will be fully engaged in this lively faculty.
Outline of programme
This MA programme equips students with the tools and knowledge to
understand how and why public policy problems occur, and how these
are affected by the social, cultural and political context, both in the UK
and internationally. It offers students a sound training in research methods
and equips them with cutting-edge theoretical and methodological
approaches. The programme is flexible and responds to the interests of
our students. Learning in this Masters occurs in small groups, facilitating
a high degree of contact between students and staff. We cover a range
of essential topics within the fields of public policy and social change,
and bring students right up-to-date with contemporary developments,
in Britain and abroad. Students also have the chance to undertake a
supported, small work placement within a public, private or voluntary
sector organisation during the summer term. We welcome part-time as
well as full-time students on this programme.
Core modules include:
Dissertation
Globalization and Social
Change
Public Policy, Public
Management and
Governance
Social Policy: Contemporary
Themes and Challenges
Social Theory and Social
Change
Assessment
The programme is delivered using a combination of lectures, tutorials
and seminars and there is a mix of individual and group work. You will
be assessed through examinations, coursework, and a dissertation
Programme Director - Dr. Chrissie Rogers
Please refer to page 115.
Knowledge, Science and
Society
Life, Love, The University and
Everything
Work Placement
Being Human: Disability and
the Social World Relations.
Programme overview
This increasingly popular MA in Social Research and Social Change
provides you with a detailed knowledge of approaches to the study of
contemporary society. It also familiarises you, in a practical way, with
the research methods which can be applied to this area of intellectual
inquiry, and allows you to make critical use of these research
methods. You will develop an understanding of how social, political
and cultural changes manifest themselves and what their causes are.
This MA enables you to progress to a range of postgraduate research
opportunities at doctoral level, or to work in the private, voluntary or
public sectors. We welcome part-time as well as full-time students on
this programme.
Outline of programme
Core modules include:
Knowledge, Science and Society
Social Theory and Social Change
Globalisation and Responses on a National and Local Level
Research Methods
Life, Love, the University and Everything
Critical Literature Review
Being Human: Disability and the Social World.
Assessment
This programme is delivered using a combination of lectures, tutorials
and seminars and there is a mix of individual and group work. You will
be assessed through examinations, coursework, and a dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Chrissie Rogers
Chrissie on completing her PhD published the research with Palgrave,
called ‘Parenting and Inclusive Education’. She has continued to
publish in the area of mothering, disability and education. Moreover
she has developed the theoretical aspect of the PhD, in the area of
‘Inclusive Education’ and Social Justice, and is currently writing a book
Intellectual Disability and Social Theory: Philosophical Debates on
Being Human for Routledge. Chrissie has also followed up on research
within the area of relationships and intellectual disability and completed
a qualitative pilot with young disabled people on discussing their
relationships, friendships and leisure time with Tam Sanger. Recently
she co-edited a book, Critical Approaches to Care: understanding
caring relations, identities and cultures, with Susie Weller. Chrissie
remains passionate about intellectual disability research and social
justice from a sociological perspective and a personal position.
Key facts
1 year full-time
2-3 years part-time
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
Normally, at least an upper second
class degree taken in an appropriate
subject at a British or Irish university,
or an equivalent qualification on the
completion of appropriate tertiary-level
studies elsewhere. Applicants whose
first language is not English must also
have an IELTS score of 6.5 overall with
a minimum of 7 in writing and minimum
of 6 in speaking, listening and reading or
an equivalent qualification.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
This MA gives you skills in sociological
analysis and research methods. These
skills are highly attractive to employers
in the private, public and voluntary
sectors.
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
“‘Aston’s MA in Social Research and Social Change enables students to develop or consolidate their skills in
social research, and to apply these to the study of contemporary social change. Our students have engaged
in a variety of exciting research projects during the MA - all supported through high quality research methods
training and tailored academic support to improve their writing and research skills. The small size of our
seminars ensures a high level of interaction between students and staff.”
Dr. Chrissie Rogers
Programme Director
114 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
115

School of Languages & Social Sciences
MA in TESOL
On campus
School of Languages & Social Sciences
MA TESOL and Translation Studies
On Campus
Key facts
1 year full-time
2-3 years part-time
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
You should normally have, or expect to
obtain, an upper second class Honours
Degree in an appropriate subject, or
equivalent qualification. Applicants
whose first language is not English must
also have an IELTS 6.5 overall, with a
minimum of 7.0 in writing, and minimum
6.0 in listening, reading and speaking or
equivalent.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
Graduates of our TESOL programmes
work as teachers in TESOL all over the
world.
“Studying at Aston made a big
difference to my life. It opened a
wide range of career possibilities and
eventually permitted me to find the
job I was dreaming of. I am currently
working as an English teacher in
a very good school in Spain. I am
putting into practice all the skills that
Aston helped me to learn and develop,
such as my research skills. My school
has chosen me to investigate how
to improve the quality of teaching in
our institution. Aston University has
definitely changed my life.”
Andrés Torres, MA in TESOL
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
This programme is designed for those who would like to obtain a
substantial postgraduate qualification in the field of TESOL (Teaching
English to Speakers of Other Languages). It builds on the School’s
long experience and worldwide reputation of highly successful
distance learning Masters programmes for teachers of English.
Outline of programme
The programme comprises of taught modules and a dissertation.
Core modules include:
Approaches to Teaching and Learning
English Teaching Practice 1 and 2
Lexicogrammar
or
Analysing Written and Spoken Discourse
Approaches to Course and Materials Design
Research Methods
Dissertation.
Choice of two of the following modules as an option:
Multimodal Analysis
Critical Discourse Analysis
Analysing Written and Spoken Discourse 2
Corpus Linguistics.
The linchpin of the programme is the English Teaching Practice
module. This is more than just teaching practice; it is an introduction
to all the practical issues involved in TESOL, while at the same
time offering opportunities for you to experiment with new ideas.
The other modules represent a balance between pedagogy and
linguistic theories, offering you the opportunity to carry out in-depth
investigations into aspects of both language pedagogy and theory of
language use.
Assessment
All assessment is by written assignment except for the English
Teaching Practice module, which is assessed via microteaching and
a research project presentation. For your written coursework, you
choose your own assignment titles under the guidance of module
tutors.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Dr. Nur Kurtoglu-Hooton
Nur has been working at Aston University since 1994, managing,
developing, and teaching on a range of programmes that have
included EAP, communication skills, and teacher education
programmes both on-campus and via distance learning. She is
programme director of MA in TESOL, and co-director of MA in TESOL
and Translation. Her main research interests are feedback to teachers
on teaching practice, and the use of learning technologies in teaching.
Programme overview
This programme provides you with an up-to-date framework, based
on linguistic, social and intercultural awareness, for developing
expertise and theoretical knowledge in the areas of Teaching English
to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL) and Translation Studies. It
will appeal to those who wish to embark on a career in TESOL and
who also wish to acquire additional expertise in translation theory and
practice. You will also have the opportunity to work towards Chartered
Institute of Linguists Certification, which is highly recognised in the
translation sector.
Outline of programme
The programme comprises of taught modules and a dissertation.
Core modules include:
Theoretical Concepts of Translation Studies
Text Analysis for Translation
English Teaching Practice
Approaches to Teaching and Learning
The Translation Profession
Research Methods
Dissertation based on supervised study and research
on a chosen topic.
Choice of one of the following modules as an option:
Approaches to Course and Materials Design
Specialised Translation Project
Practical Translation: (French-English/German-English/Spanish-
English/English-French/English-German/English-Spanish).
This programme shares several modules with the MA in Translation in
a European Context which is a member of the European Master’s in
Translation (EMT) network.
Assessment
Assessment is on a credit accumulation basis and by written
examination or extended essay, except for Teaching Practice where
teaching performance will also be assessed. The taught element is
complemented by a 15,000 word dissertation leading to the award
of the MA.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Directors
Professor Christina Schaeffner
Please refer to page 120.
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Dr. Nur Kurtoglu-Hooton
Please refer to page 116.
Key facts
1 year full-time
2-3 years part-time
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
Normally a good UK Honours Degree
(minimum of an upper second class)
in English Language, Linguistics or
a related discipline or an overseas
degree recognised by Aston University.
Applicants whose first language is not
English must also have an IELTS 6.5
overall, with a minimum of 7.0 In writing,
and minimum 6.0 in listening, speaking
and reading or equivalent.
Professional exemptions
Holders of the Chartered Institute of
Linguists’ Diploma in Translation and
Members of the Institute of Translation
and Interpreting (ITI) may be awarded
credits for prior experience.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
Graduates on the Translation Studies
programmes have gone on to work
as translators, technical editors and
translation project managers for translation
companies and software developers,
both in the United Kingdom and abroad.
Graduates of the TESOL programmes work
as teachers in TESOL all over the world.
116 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
117

School of Languages & Social Sciences
MA in Translation in a European Context
On campus
Key facts
1 year full-time
2-3 years part-time
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
An upper second class Honours Degree
in Translation Studies, or in French
and/ or German and/or Spanish, or
an equivalent qualification. Applicants
may be asked to do a written test or
an interview. Applicants whose first
language is not English must also have
an IELTS score of 6.5 overall with a
minimum of 7 in writing and minimum of
6 in speaking, listening and reading or
an equivalent qualification.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
Professional exemptions
Holders of the Chartered Institute of
Linguists’ Diploma in Translation and
Members of the Institute of Translation
and Interpreting (ITI) may be awarded
credits for prior experience.
What are my career prospects?
Graduates have gone on to work as
translators, technical editors and
translation project managers for
translation companies and software
developers, both in the United
Kingdom and abroad. Recent graduate
destinations include:
Euro Institute and Public
Administration – Translator
Freelance Translator Gamma Global
– International Account Manager
Schueco International KG –
Assistant Translator
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
This programme provides an academic qualification for those
intending to become (or who already are) professional translators.
It is one of the programmes in the European Union which has been
chosen to be part of the exclusive European Masters in Translation
(EMT) Network.
You will also have the opportunity to work towards Chartered
Institute of Linguists’ certification – highly recognised in the
translation sector.
This programme links the development of expertise in advanced
translation skills (especially in political and journalistic texts) with
theoretical and professional aspects of translation. The programme
also encourages the development of an understanding of European
integration. The highest achieving student on this programme will
be awarded the Translation People Company Prize for Excellence in
Translation.
Outline of programme
The programme comprises of taught modules and a dissertation.
Core modules:
The EU: A Web of Institutions provides knowledge of EU politics to
enable you to translate texts on such topics
Theoretical Concepts of Translation Studies familiarises you with
contemporary translation theories
Text Analysis for Translation consolidates your understanding of
methods of text analysis as a basis for translation
Research Methods provides knowledge of general and translation
specific research methods
The Translation Profession provides insights into professional
aspects of translation and the professional environment
Practical Translation: You will practice operating within a particular
theoretical framework which will allow you to make informed
decisions in the production of translations. Students take two
of the following: French-English, German-English, English-French,
English-German, English-Spanish, Spanish-English, Specialised
(LSP) Translation
A dissertation based on supervised study and research on a
chosen topic.
Visits to the Directorate General for Translation of the European
Commission can be organised.
Assessment
Assessment is on a credit accumulation basis and by written
examination (practical translation modules), oral examination (text
analysis module) or extended essay (remaining modules). The taught
element of the programme is complemented by a 15,000 word
dissertation leading to the award of the MA.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director - Professor Christina Schaeffner
Please refer to page 120.
“I chose Aston University due to its first-class research facilities and its long-standing reputation for
excellence. I believe that being an Aston University graduate is definitely School going of to Languages help me develop & Social my Sciences
career prospects, and contribute to the academic needs in my country upon my return.
I found this programme particularly interesting because it is one of the few translation programmes in
the UK that is part of the European Commission’s European Masters in Translation (EMT) and, therefore,
is recognised by this EU organisation. In addition, this programme offers the latest training in computeraided
translation tools and professional development workshops held in conjunction with the Institute of
Translators and Interpreters (ITI).
My favourite module was Theoretical Concepts of Translation Studies. We were lucky to have as our
tutor Professor Christina Schäffner, a well-established expert in the field, who guided us through the
course and encouraged each one of us to challenge our different limitations and become successfully
independent researchers.
Although I had learned about translation theories in my undergraduate course, Professor Schäffner’s
course was comprehensive, dynamic and applicable, three things I had never expected to find in a
theoretical module. Thanks to this module, my understanding of translation as a purposeful activity and
my competence as a translator have remarkably improved.”
Ana Vallejo, MA in Translation in a European Context
“‘I chose Aston because the MA in Translation in a European Context programme combines both
theoretical and practical modules. The quality of teaching was excellent and the support as well.
What I also liked very much was that quite a few lectures were held by people working in the
translation industry so that we students could get some insights into the real working life.
I completed the MA in Translation in a European Context at Aston in 2010. Now I’m a Translation
Co-ordinator at the major accounting firm Ernst and Young in Germany where I benefit from the
language skills and experiences I gained at University. My job is varied and I enjoy being in
contact with many different people (both clients and translators).”
Nicole Euring, MA in Translation in a European Context
118 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
119

School of Languages & Social Sciences
MA in Translation Studies
On Campus
School of Languages & Social Sciences
Aston University Certificate in Advanced Studies in
English Language Teaching
Distance Learning
Key facts
1 year full-time
2-3 years part-time
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
An upper second class Honours Degree
in Translation Studies, or in English
and/or another foreign language, or
equivalent qualification. You may be
asked to do a written test or come for an
interview. Those whose first language
is not English must also have an IELTS
score of 6.5 overall with a minimum
of 7 in writing and minimum of 6 in
speaking, listening and reading or an
equivalent qualification. You should
demonstrate high-level performance in
at least two languages (English should
be one of them). It is expected that
dual language competence has been
acquired separately before entering the
programme.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
Professional exemptions
Holders of the Chartered Institute of
Linguists’ Diploma in Translation and
Members of the Institute of Translation
and Interpreting (ITI) may be awarded
credits for prior experience.
What are my career prospects?
Graduates have gone on to work as
translators, technical editors and
translation project managers for
translation companies and software
developers, both in the United Kingdom
and abroad.
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
This programme provides knowledge and understanding of the
discipline of Translation Studies. On completion, you will have acquired
knowledge about the social role and function of translation for
intercultural communication, cultural representation and perception.
You will also have gained knowledge of theoretical frameworks that
underpin the process of translation and related forms of intercultural
communication and cultural exchange.
This programme shares several modules with the MA in Translation in
a European Context which is a member of the European Master’s in
Translation (EMT) network.
Outline of programme
This programme comprises of taught modules and a dissertation.
Core modules:
Theoretical Concepts of Translation Studies familiarises you with
contemporary translation theories
Text Analysis for Translation consolidates your understanding of
methods of text analysis as a basis for translation
Research Methods provides knowledge of general and translationspecific
research methods
Translation and the Representation of Cultures links translation to
other forms of cultural contact
Specialised (LSP) Translation – a project on translation in a specific
domain
Analysing Written and Spoken Discourse enables you to analyse
and comment on written and spoken discourse
The Translation Profession provides insights into professional
aspects of translation and the professional environment.
Assessment
Assessment is on a credit accumulation basis and by written or oral
examination or extended essay. The taught element of the programme is
complemented by a 15,000 word dissertation leading to the award of the MA.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Directors
Professor Christina Schaeffner
Christina’s research interests include: translation studies; text
linguistics; critical discourse analysis/political discourse analysis;
metaphor research (especially in political texts and from a translational
perspective); translation didactics.
“At the moment, I am working as a teacher at the department of General
Linguistics and Translation Theory of the Eurasian National University in
Astana, Kazakhstan. I teach and instruct translation studies students.
I also do interpreting and translating from English into Kazakh and
Russian, and vice versa. I can apply the knowledge acquired during my
MA both in theory and in practice. My MA has also helped me to get
promoted at work and to start to see myself as an expert in my field.”
Assem Baidildinova, MA in Translation Studies
Programme overview
The programme will enable you to acquire a better understanding of
both the theory and practice of English Language Teaching.
Specifically, it aims to:
Promote the progressive development of practical teaching skills
through observed lessons and feedback
Enable participants to reflect on and evaluate their own approach
to teaching
Familiarise participants with key issues and theories in ELT
Enable participants to link theory and practice in the context of
their own teaching.
Outline of programme
The programme consists of 2 modules both of which must be
completed in order to be awarded a certificate. The course materials
will cover the following areas:
Language Description
Classroom Management
Methodology
Selection and Evaluation of Materials
Error Analysis
Text and Discourse Analysis
Spoken Interaction
Testing and Evaluation
Course and Syllabus Design
Phonology
Second language Acquisition.
Assessment
Modules are assessed by coursework and teaching performance.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Muna Morris-Adams
Muna’s academic and research interests include: language teaching
methodology; teacher education; teaching speaking skills; classroom
interaction and analysis of spoken discourse. Muna is a member of
member of BAAL and IATEFL.
“‘ Completion of the Aston Advanced Certificate course was as
worthwhile as promised to prospective students. I achieved a greater
understanding of the basic theories and methods in ELT and have
become more sympathetic and understanding towards my learners.
I found Teaching Practice to be a very worthwhile learning
experience and reflecting on my lessons honestly and critically has
improved my practical classroom teaching. Passing the Cert
course was a major factor in my current employer giving me a full
time teaching position.”
Robert Harris, Certificate in Advanced Studies in ELT
Key facts
9-12 months distance learning
Start date: October and April
Specific entry requirements
You should normally have a first degree
(any subject) and one year’s full-time
teaching experience in any field; or
the equivalent of two years’ full-time
teaching experience if you do not have a
first degree.
Participants whose first language is not
English must also have an IELTS score
of 6.5 overall, with a minimum of 7 in
writing and speaking and 6 in reading
and listening. Participants must be
practising teachers.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
This programme will enhance your
professional development. Successful
completion of the course will gain 20
credits towards the School’s MSc in
TESOL programme.
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
120 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
121

School of Languages & Social Sciences
MSc in Applied Linguistics
Distance Learning
School of Languages & Social Sciences
MSc in Forensic Linguistics
Distance Learning
Key facts
2-3 years part time distance learning.
Up to 5 years may be possible in some
circumstances and with payment of a
continuation fee.
Start date: October and April
Specific entry requirements
Normally a good UK Honours Degree
(minimum of an upper second class)
in English Language, Linguistics or
a related discipline or an overseas
degree recognised by Aston University.
Participants whose first language is not
English must also have an IELTS score
of 6.5 overall with a minimum of 7 in
writing and minimum of 6 in speaking,
listening and reading or an equivalent
qualification.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
The aim of this programme is to provide you with a grounding in
key linguistic concepts and models and to enable you to apply
these concepts in the analysis of a range of naturally occurring
spoken and written data. Specifically, the programmes aim to
familiarise you with the apparatus to describe lexical, grammatical
and phonological systems of English as it is used in speech and
writing. You follow a core programme of modules, complemented
by options which allow either for an MSc in Applied Linguistics
or further specialisation in the fields of forensic, corpus, literary
linguistics or sociolinguistics. The MSc in Forensic Linguistics is
particularly suitable for those intending to pursue a career which
brings you into contact with the British Legal and Judicial System.
Career prospects Graduate opportunities include research,
teaching, working in the media, public relations and a host of other
opportunities requiring excellent communication skills.
Outline of programme
The programme comprises of taught modules and a dissertation.
Students choose from the modules below according to their specific
programme:
Lexis
Grammar
Language Variation and Change
Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse
Corpus Linguistics
Forensic Linguistics
Literary Linguistics
Research Methods
Dissertation based on supervised study and research on a
chosen topic.
Assessment
The taught modules are assessed by coursework. The taught element
of the programme is complemented by a 15,000 word dissertation
leading to the award of the MSc.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Urszula Clark
Urszula’s research interests include: regional/social variation in
discourse structure and strategy; interactional sociolinguistics;
ethnography of communication; gender and regional variation in
discourse style; forms and functions of narrative; the relationship
between education and notions of identity – national, regional and
individual; current work on pedagogical stylistics.
Programme overview
This MSc in Forensic Linguistics is a flexible programme to suit
academic linguists and forensic professionals. It can be studied
wholly as a distance learning course from anywhere in the world and
from time to time we may also offer short and week-long courses to
supplement your module learning. For those without a relevant prior
qualification in linguistics or English language there is a route onto the
programme involving an Introduction to Linguistics module.
Aston University’s Flexible Credit Accumulation scheme allows the
combination of distance learning, short course and traditional campusbased
modules with multiple routes of exit from the programme.
This allows you to study to the level you wish and graduate with an
Aston University Certificate (with 20 credits), an Aston University
Diploma (with 40 credits), a Postgraduate Certificate (with 60 credits),
a Postgraduate Diploma (with 120 credits) or with the full MSc in
Forensic Linguistics.
Outline of programme
The following modules are currently available:
Introduction to Forensic Linguistics by Summer School
Introduction to Linguistics (compulsory if you do not have some
background in linguistics)
Spoken Language and the Legal System
Written Language in the Legal System
Linguistic Investigation and Evidence
Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse
Research Methods
Linguistic Disadvantage in Legal Contexts
Dissertation.
Assessment
Modules are delivered via a variety of innovative and engaging
teaching methods. You will undertake individual research and guided
study under the one-to-one supervision of a supervisor. Assessment
is by individual research essays, task based continuous assessments
and the dissertation.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Tim Grant
Tim is Director of the Centre for Forensic Linguistics. He has
qualifications in both linguistics and psychology and is particularly
interested in the interaction between forensic linguistics and forensic
psychology. He teaches undergraduate and postgraduate modules
in Forensic Linguistics and Research Methods. His main research
interests are in forensic authorship analysis and is an experienced
expert witness having provided linguistic evidence in criminal and civil
courts in the UK and internationally.
Key facts
2-3 years part time distance learning.
Up to 5 years may be possible in some
circumstances and with payment of a
continuation fee.
Start date: October
Specific entry requirements
You should normally have, or expect
to obtain, a good Honours Degree (at
least upper second class) in English,
Linguistics, or a related discipline, or
equivalent qualification. If your degree
is not in a relevant discipline you should
normally have, or expect to obtain, a
good Honours Degree (at least upper
second class) or equivalent qualification
and will be expected to take the
Introduction to Linguistics module.
Participants whose first language is not
English must also have an IELTS score
of 6.5 overall with a minimum of 7 in
writing and minimum of 6 in speaking,
listening and reading or an equivalent
qualification.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
The course is for students interested in
a career in research in this important
and growing area, or those whose
existing careers would be advanced
by specialised training. This course
offers career development opportunities
for both linguistic researchers and
practitioners. The course is also an
excellent foundation for studies at
PhD level.
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
122 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
123

School of Languages & Social Sciences
MSc in Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL)
MSc in Teaching English for Specific Purposes (TESP)
MSc in Teaching English to Young Learners (TEYL)
MSc in Educational Management in TESOL (EMT)
Distance Learning
School of Languages & Social Sciences
Key facts
2-3 years part time distance learning.
Up to 5 years may be possible in some
circumstances and with payment of a
continuation fee.
Start date: October and April
Specific entry requirements
Normally a good UK Honours Degree
(minimum of an upper second class)
in English Language, Linguistics or
a related discipline or an overseas
degree recognised by Aston University.
All participants must normally have a
first degree and two years of teaching
experience. Participants whose first
language is not English must also have
an IELTS score of of 6.5 overall with a
minimum of 7 in writing and minimum
of 6 in speaking, listening and reading
or an equivalent qualification.
Fees
Contact LSS Postgraduate Admissions
Office for current fees.
What are my career prospects?
Graduates of our Distance Learning
TESOL programmes work in all areas of
TESOL all over the world.
Application and contact
Languages and Social Sciences
Admissions
T: +44 (0)121 204 3762
F: +44 (0)121 204 3766
E: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
This suite of interrelated programmes is designed for practising
teachers. Out of our shared experience of distance education, we have
developed the concept of contextualised education, in which we seek
to create the conditions under which it is possible for you to make the
course meaningful in terms of your own professional context. This
course is best understood as a process of professional and personal
development based on the exploration of ‘theory in practice’.
In order to complete the MSc successfully, you must accumulate
180 credits, which must include the Foundation Module (40 credits)
and the Dissertation (60 credits). All participants start with the
Foundation Module which gives you a clear picture of what lies ahead
in terms of both content and assessment, and, more importantly,
an understanding of how you relate to the programme. It is also an
introduction to planning, study, research and writing at Masters level.
At the end of it, you submit a portfolio of work which comprises
samples of work from a variety of modules. All other modules are
worth 20 credits. Each programme has one core module, which is
compulsory, and three options.
Outline of programme
The following modules are currently available:
Methodology
Course and Materials Design
Teaching Young Learners
Educational Management in TESOL
Lexis
Grammar
Analysing Spoken and Written Discourse
Literary Linguistics
Language Variation and Change
Introduction to Corpus Linguistics.
Assessment
All assessment is by written assignment. The Foundation Module
must be completed by the end of the first year of registration and
participants must complete at least one module per year. The
dissertation is based on research on a chosen topic.
Who is it taught by?
Programme Director
Dr. Fiona Copland
Fiona’s research interests include: feedback in teacher training and
education; international students’ experiences in the UK; feedback
technologies; linguistic ethnography; research interviews.
“‘Good’ does not describe the level of
support and feedback I have received
from tutors and Aston administration.
‘Outstanding’ and ‘Excellent’ come to
mind when I consider the amount of
time and patience afforded me by the
people at Aston. I have consistently
been impressed by the professionalism
and personal care provided by every
tutor and administrative person at
Aston, throughout my studies.”
Rob Haines
MSc in TESOL
124 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
125

School of Languages & Social Sciences
Research
School of Languages & Social Sciences
Modern Languages
and Translation Studies
Scholars in Modern Languages and Translation
Studies are engaged in innovative, cross-disciplinary
research, and offer a vibrant and intellectually
stimulating environment for postgraduate students. All
members of staff are happy to offer PhD supervision
in their particular areas of specialism.
Research in French, German and Spanish at Aston
University covers four main fields: politics and society;
cultural and literary studies; linguistics; film and media
– accompanied by a variety of topics in Translation
Studies research. A number of these interests overlap,
providing complementary and interdisciplinary
opportunities.
For further details on our researchers’ expertise and
areas of specialism, please visit the subject group
websites and individual staff pages.
Preliminary enquiries should be addressed to the
subject group conveners.
Institute for the Study of
Language and Society (ISLS)
Society overview
The Institute was founded in 1992. Associates of
the Institute investigate a variety of topics related to
language and society. The central focus of the research
is the study of language, discourse and culture with
respect to social processes and structures. The
Institute coordinates and promotes research in the
following areas:
Applied Linguistics
Critical Discourse Analysis
Translation Studies
Second Language Acquisition
Language, Literature, and Culture in Modern
European, Latin American and Francophone
Societies
History and Politics in European, Latin American
and Francophone Contexts.
Key facts
Specific entry requirements
The entry requirement for PhD study is normally a
British Masters Degree or the equivalent from an
overseas university. Anyone who is not a native
speaker of English and who has not already studied
at a university in an English speaking country, will
need to achieve IELTS 7.0 (minimum 7.0 in writing,
and minimum 6.5 in speaking, listening and reading)
or TOEFL IBT 101, including minimum 25 in writing,
23 in speaking and 22 in all other bands or Pearson
Academic (minimum of 61 in reading and listening,
minimum of 68 in writing and speaking).
Application and contact
Professor Christina Schaeffner
T: +44 (0)121 204 3790
E: c.schaeffner@aston.ac.uk
Spanish
Group convener
Dr. Raquel Medina
T: +44 (0)121 204 3813
E: r.medina@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lss/research/
subjects/spanish
Research in the Spanish Subject Group focuses on:
Hispanic literature, film and culture (including
literature of the self in Latin America and
contemporary Spanish poetry)
Gender and Sexuality Studies
Feminist Theory, Feminist Literary Criticism,
Feminist Linguistics
Gender and Media Studies
Social and cultural issues related to the Spanishspeaking
world (including gender, migration,
ageing, and the role of historical memory)
Critical Theory, Spanish and European
Intellectual History
Political role of translation in the construction of
gender and cultural/national identities in the context
of Hispanic Studies
Ideological Turn in Translation Studies,
Minority Languages and Translation
Galician Studies.
French
Group convener
Professor Jim Shields
T: +44 (0)121 204 3057
E: j.g.shields@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lss/research/
subjects/french
Research in the French Subject Group focuses on:
French political institutions, parties and elections
Social movements in France
France overseas
French language and linguistics
French media and cultural policy
French literature and philosophy.
German
Group convener
Dr. Stefan Manz
T: +44 (0)121 204 3057
E: j.g.shields@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lss/research/
subjects/french
Research in the German Subject Group focuses on:
Sociolinguistics
German-Jewish Studies, Yiddish
Low German
Migration studies
Anglo-German relations
Critical discourse analysis
Popular culture
Modern German and Austrian literature
German business environment
German language acquisition and development.
Translation Studies
Group convener
Professor Christina Schaeffner
T: +44 (0)121 204 3790
E: c.schaeffner@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lssresearch/
subjects/translation
Research in the Translation Studies Subject
Group focuses on:
Representation of culture(s) via translation
Translation in the domain and discourse of politics,
diplomacy, mass media
Translation history
Translation and interpreting politics
Translator training
Translation process research
Translation/interpreting didactics
Translation and gender
Minority Languages and Translation.
126 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_research@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
127

School of Languages & Social Sciences
English and Applied Linguistics
Research in the English Subject Group at Aston University focuses on:
Corpus Linguistics
Critical Discourse Analysis
Forensic Linguistics
Language Education
For more information on PhD studies in these areas please visit www.aston.ac.uk/lss/research/subjects/english
For more information on InterLanD, go to page 130.
Centre for Forensic Linguistics (CFL)
The Centre for Forensic Linguistics (CFL) is the only
such centre in the world which combines cuttingedge
research and investigative forensic practice with
postgraduate and professional courses. Research at
the Centre involves all aspects of forensic linguistics,
from how the police and the courts can best work
with interpreters to the development and refinement of
methods for identifying the author of disputed texts.
Members of the Centre have published and lectured
about their research in some 30 countries across all
six continents. Their high quality research ensures that
both their teaching and their investigative work have a
solid academic foundation.
Since the Centre’s launch in May 2008, CFL research
has received substantial recognition including the
Joseph Lister Prize from the British Association for the
Advancement of Science and has been shortlisted
for the annual book prize of the British Association for
Applied Linguistics. CFL has developed strong links with
the police, government agencies and external research
organisations. These links involve ongoing work with
the International Association of Forensic Linguists (IAFL)
and the International Investigative Interviewing Research
Group (IIIRG). In addition, CFL are currently engaged
in research projects with a number of UK police forces
and recently won funding from the European Union for a
visiting Marie Curie post-doctoral fellowship.
The Centre welcomes applications for full, part-time
and distance doctoral study and for short and long term
post-doctoral attachments.
Application and contact
Group convener
Dr Tim Grant
T: +44 (0)121 204 3799
E: t.d.grant@aston.ac.uk
W: www.forensiclinguistics.net
Summer School in Forensic Linguistic Analysis
W: www.forensiclinguistics.eu
Key areas of study
Group convenor
Dr Judith Baxter
T: +44 (0)121 204 3399
E: j.a.baxter@aston.ac.uk
The provision of linguistic evidence
CFL staff have been called to give expert testimony
in a variety of cases in both British and international
jurisdictions. Most of these cases have been in the area
of authorship analysis, where anonymous letters, emails
and SMS text messages are analysed to help determine
who wrote them. This is a key area for Centre research
and the Centre’s interests range from theories about
the development of the linguistic individual to practical
advances in authorship attribution and discussion of
methods used in case work. Famous cases include the
Dhiren Barot terrorist trial and the Derek Bentley and
Bridgewater Four Appeals. We are also interested in
broader issues which can provide assistance to police and
to Courts such as sociolinguistic profiling and the definition
of slang and dialect terms for forensic purposes.
Understanding the language of the law
Linguists are interested in the complexity of legal
language and also whether it can be simplified. A
particular research focus has been the communicative
interface between the legal and the lay worlds and has
ranged from the language of court protection orders to
the expression of expert opinions in the courtroom.
Analysing the language used in forensic and
judicial processes
CFL’s interest in language in the judicial process
includes the analysis of language used during
investigation, trial and sentencing. Collaboration with
IIIRG has brought a particular research focus for CFL on
the linguistic strategies adopted in police interviews with
witnesses and suspects. In addition, CFL has research
and practitioner expertise in the use of interpreters in
investigative interviews and in courtroom situations.
Entry requirements
The entry requirement for PhD study is normally a British
Masters Degree or the equivalent from an overseas
university. Anyone who is not a native speaker of English
and who has not already studied at a university in an
English speaking country, will need to achieve IELTS 7.0
(minimum 7.0 in writing, and minimum 6.5 in speaking,
listening and reading) or TOEFL IBT 101 including
minimum 25 in writing, 23 in speaking and 22 in all other
bands or Pearson Academic (minimum of 61 in reading
and listening, minimum of 68 in writing and speaking).
Corpus Linguistics/The Aston Corpus Network (ACORN)
Corpus Linguistics is a relatively young discipline,
which has grown rapidly as a result of the
developments in computer technology since the
1980s, and studies, amongst other things, the
frequency, context and significance of language
in use by looking at large collections of electronic
texts (corpora) using computer software. Modern
corpora tend to be massive (c.100-500 million
words or more), and have been collected for many
languages, covering many different text types
(newspapers, books, magazines, formal and informal
speech), regional varieties, and domains (politics,
arts, economics, history, sport, literature, science,
technology, etc). Corpora are now being used in many
more fields, such as language learning and teaching,
translation studies, genre studies, discourse analysis,
forensic linguistics, and computational linguistics
(e.g. information retrieval, data mining, semantic web,
machine translation, automatic summarisation, text
and speech recognition and generation).
The Aston Corpus Network (ACORN)
Corpus linguists at Aston created their own software
and corpora (c. 180 million words) of texts and
parallel texts (original texts and their translations)
in English, French, German and Spanish, which
are currently available to all staff and students.
Plans are in place to allow some external access
in due course. In a joint European research project
on Spoken Academic Discourse funded by the
Volkswagen Foundation, Corpus Linguists from Aston
are working together with partner institutions from
Belgium, Germany and Poland in order to develop a
multilingual corpus.
The key goal of CLERA is to promote collaboration
among researchers in these areas of Aston’s School
of Languages & Social Sciences, and to establish
international research networks and partnerships.
The Centre draws on over two decades of research
into language education, and focuses on the following
major areas:
Language teacher education
European languages and cultures, including
English
English as a global language
First and second language learning and teaching,
particularly in relation to classroom-based
research, immigrant and workplace related
education
Language contact, regionally and internationally
Language education for professional and
intercultural communication in organisations,
language teaching, and translation and
interpreting.
Key areas of study:
Data-driven learning
Language learning (e.g. grammar clinics)
Language for academic purposes; academic
writing skills (e.g. self-correction)
Dictionary design
Domain-specific language (e.g. business, politics)
Monitoring students’ linguistic and academic
development
Contrastive studies (e.g. typical nominal groups in
English and French)
Discourse analysis (e.g. The Discourse of Climate
Change)
Corpus software, screen displays, and user
interfaces.
Entry requirements
The entry requirement for PhD study is normally a British
Masters Degree or the equivalent from an overseas
university. Anyone who is not a native speaker of English
and who has not already studied at a university in an
English speaking country, will need to achieve IELTS 7.0
(minimum 7.0 in writing, and minimum 6.5 in speaking,
listening and reading) or TOEFL IBT 101, including
minimum 25 in writing, 23 in speaking and 22 in all other
bands or Pearson Academic (minimum of 61 in reading
and listening, minimum of 68 in writing and speaking.)
E: lss_research@aston.ac.uk
W: www.acorn.aston.ac.uk
The Centre for Language Education Research at Aston (CLERA)
Entry requirements
The entry requirement for PhD study is normally a British
Masters Degree with merit or the equivalent from an
overseas university. Anyone who is not a native speaker
of English and who has not already studied at a university
in an English speaking country, will need to achieve IELTS
7.0 (minimum 7.0 in writing, and minimum 6.5 in speaking,
listening and reading) or TOEFL IBT 101 test, including
minimum 25 in writing, 23 in speaking and 22 in all other
bands or Pearson Academic (minimum of 61 in reading
and listening, minimum of 68 in writing and speaking).
Application and contact
Centre Director
Professor Anne Burns
T: +44 (0)121 204 3972
E: lss_clera@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lssresearch/centresinstitutes/language-education
research
128 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_research@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
129

School of Languages & Social Sciences
Aston Centre for Interdisciplinary Research in Language
and Diversity (InterLanD)
School of Languages & Social Sciences
Sociology and Policy
Entry requirements
The entry requirement for PhD study is
normally a British Masters Degree or the
equivalent from an overseas university.
Anyone who is not a native speaker of
English and who has not already studied
at a university in an English speaking
country, will need to achieve IELTS 7.0
(minimum 7.0 in writing, and minimum
6.5 in speaking, listening and reading) or
TOEFL IBT 101, including minimum 25 in
writing, 23 in speaking and 22 in all other
bands or Pearson Academic (minimum
of 61 in reading and listening, minimum
of 68 in writing and speaking).
Application and contact
Group director
Dr Urszula Clark
T: +44 (0) 121 204 3760
E: lss_research@aston.ac.uk
E: www.aston.ac.uk/Issresearch/
centres-institutes/interland
Group Overview
The Aston Centre for InterLanD is situated in the School of
Languages & Social Sciences and Aston Business School. This
innovative research centre, established in 2009, builds on the
extensive expertise of Aston researchers in this area by bringing
together linguistic, social, cultural, economic, environmental and
political perspectives.
InterLanD emphasises interaction, partnership and engagement
with policy makers, businesses and local communities as both
co-producers and users of knowledge.
The Centre is a launch-pad for ‘new frontier’ research into diversity,
and its researchers are engaged in work that will shape future
thinking and pioneer practices that will have a significant impact
on diverse societies. InterLanD is committed to working with
practitioners and offers practical solutions for national and local
government, service-providers and employers.
There is no better living ‘laboratory’ than Birmingham and the West
Midlands within which to develop and test influential policies and
practices relating to the understanding and management of diversity.
InterLanD is eager to build collaborative partnerships with groups
and organisations regionally, nationally and internationally. We
organise public events; engage in ongoing research projects; and
provide academic insight for business and policy networks.
Group Overview
Research in the Sociology and Public Policy Subject Group at
Aston University focuses on:
Inequality, diversity and social justice
Critical Policy Analysis.
Inequality, diversity and social justice
Questions of rights, inequality and disadvantage continue to pose
a challenge to social analysis and policy formation. At Aston,
researchers’ work ranges from analysis of the multiple forms of
disadvantage in the West Midlands to critiques of the injustices that
arise with globalisation. Researchers bring together insights from the
sociology of work, feminism, critical political economy, race and ethnic
studies and critical theory to address such urgent questions as the
continuing problem of urban poverty; debates around reproductive
rights and women’s health; concepts of consultation, political
participation and cultural representation; coexistence and cohesion;
access to services, including education, healthcare and welfare.
Critical Policy Analysis
This group examines how public policy adapts to social and economic
change and in turn how policy change impacts on the economy and
civil society, as well as the forms of government and governance
that characterise public policy delivery. Researchers in the group lay
particular emphasis on theoretical and empirical research on local
and central government policy making, practice and governance
arrangements.
Application and contact
Group convener
Dr Pam Lowe
T: +44 (0)121 204 3807
E: p.k.lowe@aston.ac.uk
E: www.aston.ac.uk/lssresearch/subjects/sociology
Entry requirements
The entry requirement for PhD study is
normally a British Masters Degree or the
equivalent from an overseas university.
Anyone who is not a native speaker of
English and who has not already studied
at a university in an English speaking
country, will need to achieve IELTS 7.0
(minimum 7.0 in writing, and minimum
6.5 in speaking, listening and reading) or
TOEFL IBT 101 including minimum 25 in
writing, 23 in speaking and 22 in all other
bands or Pearson Academic (minimum
of 61 in reading and listening, minimum
of 68 in writing and speaking.)
Recent PhD topics
Recent PhD students in Sociology have
undertaken research in the following
areas:
Understanding Older People’s
Experiences of Decision-Making in
Social Care
Modern foreign languages
classroom: is inclusion of all
exclusion in disguise?
Discourse on Faith and Religious
Education in English Schools
Migration and mobility of new Polish
migrants in England: narratives of
lived experience
Queer Enough? Contested Terrains
of Identity Deployment in the
Context of Gay and Lesbian Public
Activism in Poland.
130 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_research@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
131

School of Languages & Social Sciences
Politics and International Relations
School of Languages & Social Sciences
Aston Centre for Europe (ACE)
Entry requirements
The entry requirement for PhD study is
normally a British Masters Degree or the
equivalent from an overseas university.
Anyone who is not a native speaker of
English and who has not already studied
at a university in an English speaking
country, will need to achieve IELTS 7.0
(minimum 7.0 in writing, and minimum
6.5 in speaking, listening and reading) or
TOEFL IBT 101, including minimum 25 in
writing, 23 in speaking and 22 in all other
bands or Pearson Academic (minimum
of 61 in reading and listening, minimum
of 68 in writing and speaking).
Group Overview
Researchers in the Politics and International Relations Group are
internationally recognised experts across political science and
international relations, including German and French politics,
political philosophy, leadership studies, EU studies, regional
politics, and religion and politics. The group collaborates closely
with other researchers within Aston and at other universities both in
the UK and overseas.
Research in the Politics and International Relations group
focuses on:
Politics of the European Union and wider Europe, including
integration history and theory
Comparative politics
Regionalism and federalism
Politics of immigration
East European, British, French and German politics
Political discourse and leadership
Globalisation and regionalism in international relations
Politics and religion
History of the Cold War.
Group Overview
The Aston Centre for Europe (ACE), which is based within the Politics
and International Relations Subject Group, is one of the UK’s leading
centres for the academic study of Europe. Not least as a result of
the ongoing Eurozone crisis, Europe plays a critical role for the UK,
and the negotiation of its relationship with other member states as
well as the EU itself will feature heavily both on the policy and public
agendas in the coming years. The Centre has established itself as a
regional and national resource of expertise on Europe and its member
states, and is a site for discussions on specific policy issues. It has
also hosted cuttingedge research projects on topics such as Poland
and the EU, the role of religious lobbies in the EU, the German CDU
and migration policy in the UK and Germany. ACE collaborates with
a wide range of governmental and non-governmental partners both
in the UK and other European countries and benefits from a wide
range of practitioner fellows, who maintain close links with the Centre.
The Centre’s patron is Lord Kerr of Kinlochard GCMG, formerly
Permanent Secretary at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office.
Students therefore benefit from a unique environment which combines
academic rigour with policy relevance.
Key areas of study:
Economic and social transformation in Europe to incorporate
political economy, immigration, identity, citizenship, religion, work
and welfare
Nations and Europe, Europe and the World to incorporate the
UK’s often tense relationship with the EU, as well as Europe in the
international system
The challenge of security, freedom and justice to incorporate issues
such as energy and responses to radicalism across Europe
Leadership and governance to incorporate political institutions and
political cultures.
Entry requirements
The entry requirement for PhD study is
normally a British Masters Degree or the
equivalent from an overseas university.
Anyone who is not a native speaker of
English and who has not already studied
at a university in an English speaking
country, will need to achieve IELTS 7.0
(minimum 7.0 in writing, and minimum
6.5 in speaking, listening and reading) or
TOEFL IBT 101, including minimum 25 in
writing, 23 in speaking and 22 in all other
bands or Pearson Academic (minimum
of 61 in reading and listening, minimum
of 68 in writing and speaking).
Application and contact
Group director
Dr Nathaniel Copsey
E: n.copsey@aston.ac.uk
Professor John Gaffney
E: j.gaffney@aston.ac.uk
Professor Simon Green
E: s.o.green@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/europe
132 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lss_pgadmissions@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lss
www.aston.ac.uk
133

School of Life & Health Sciences
School of of Life Life & Health & Sciences
LIFE & HEALTH
SCIENCES
Why choose us?
The School of Life & Health Sciences has an outstanding
reputation for cutting edge research and innovative teaching
within a modern, supportive and intercultural environment.
We are committed to providing you with an exceptional
opportunity to excel and achieve your full potential.
Professor Helen Griffiths, Executive Dean
School of Life & Health Sciences
Taught Programmes
138 MSc in Biomedical Sciences
139 MSc in Biotechnology
140 MSc in Occupational Toxicology
141 MSc in Drug Delivery
142 MSc in Pharmaceutical Sciences
143 MSc in Pharmacokinetics
144 MSc in Pharmacology
145 MSc in Molecular Pharmaceutics
146 PgDip/MSc for Overseas Pharmacists
147 PgCert in Psychiatric Therapeutics
by Distance Learning
148 PgDip in Psychiatric Pharmacy
by Distance Learning and Practice
149 MSc in Psychiatric Pharmacy Practice
150 MSc/Doctor of Optometry/Ophthalmic Science
151 Aston Diploma in Psychology
152 Graduate Diploma in Psychology
153 MSc in Health Psychology
154 MSc in Cognitive Neuroscience
155 MSc in Clinical Health Management
Research Programmes
156 Biomedical Sciences
157 Chronic Diseases
158 Communicable Diseases
159 Molecular and Cell Biology
160 Health Sciences
161 Health and Lifespan Psychology
162 Medicines Research Unit
163 Ophthalmic Research Group
164 Neurosciences
165 Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience
166 Neurophysiology and Clinical Neuroimaging
167 Sensory and Perceptual Systems
To find out more, visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
134 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lhs_enquiries@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
135

Taught Programmes
School of Life & Health Sciences
Postgraduate taught courses in the School of Life &
Health Sciences (LHS) focus on either vocational or
research programmes that are relevant to employers.
The research training is suitable for higher degrees
or for research-based careers in the Pharmaceutical,
Ophthalmic, Psychological and Bioscience-based
industries. There is a well-established range of flexible
taught programmes for practicing Pharmacists and
Biomedical Scientists wishing to update and enhance
their professional skills.
There is also a suite of Psychology Programmes
leading to careers in Neurosciences or in
Health Psychology. In addition, our Ophthalmic
Doctorate is a unique qualification for eye-care
professionals enabling them to be at the cutting
edge of their profession. The latest additions to
our portfolio of Postgraduate Programmes are the
MSc Pharmacokinetics and the MSc Molecular
Pharmaceutics.
Research Programmes
The exceptional quality of research in LHS has
been confirmed in the latest Research Assessment
Exercise (RAE) results – with research in Allied Health
Professions and Studies ranked 3rd out of 63 UK
higher education institutions. This reflects the volume
of internationally excellent and world leading research
produced within the School and is an outstanding
achievement for the University. Research in LHS
focuses on extending our understanding of the
processes of health and disease at the molecular,
cell and whole body level – and understanding the
personal and social context in which they occur. Each
postgraduate student becomes a member of one of
the nine research groups (see the separate entries for
the groups) where they contribute to, and gain from, a
vibrant research culture and seminar series.
LHS offers an extensive range of exciting research
opportunities. We have a strong research environment
which ensures students can develop expertise in
cutting-edge scientific research. This is underpinned
by a formal training programme in transferable
research skills, which enables successful students to
graduate with technical expertise in their chosen area
and a range of generic skills in information retrieval,
critical analysis, hypothesis design and testing, and
communication.
MSc English Language
requirements
International students whose native
language is not English will need to
demonstrate English language ability
as follows:
IELTS - 6.5 overall with a minimum
of 6.0 in each section (except for
OSPAP, Psychiatric Pharmacy
and MSc/Doctor of Optometry/
Ophthalmic Science)
TOEFL IBT - 100 overall, (21 in
listening and writing, 22 in reading
and 23 in speaking)
Pearson Academic - 61 overall, 59
in each area.
Scholarships
The School offers a number of
scholarships and studentships for the
majority of its programmes. For details
of what is currently available visit our
website or email us.
School of of Life Life & Health & Sciences
As a guide, the entry requirement for PhD study is normally
at least an upper second class Honours Degree or equivalent
from an overseas university (IELTS requirements: 7.0 overall
with no score below 6.5).
The School has undertaken significant recent investment in
several research centres; Aston Brain Centre and the Aston
Research Centre for Healthy Ageing.
The Aston Brain Centre (ABC) is a research facility comprising
specialist assessment and laboratory provision for our team of
scientists interested in understanding how the brain works in
health and disease. Studying the developing child brain through
to the ageing brain, we combine our multidisciplinary expertise
and the latest technology to study brain function from individual
human brain cells through to the whole brain and behaviour. With
a focus on translational research, the ABC also offers a tertiary
referral service for National Health Service (NHS) consultants,
providing cutting edge diagnostic services not otherwise
available within the NHS.
Aston Research Centre for Healthy Ageing (ARCHA) takes a
multidisciplinary approach to successful ageing by asking how
technological, therapeutic and psychosocial strategies can be
employed to understand and arrest age-related decline. ARCHA
facilitates research that helps understand, predict and prevent
age-related degeneration. We have a specific focus on the
eye, the mind, the metabolism and healing in the context of the
psychological, social and policy factors affecting ageing lives.
The Centre for Vision and Hearing Research is concerned
with the fundamental workings of the normal human visual
and auditory systems. The primary aim is to understand how
sensory data is picked up and encoded to build meaningful
representations of the outside world upon which we can act.
Two central aspects of this are understanding the processes
of perception (the subjective experience of seeing and hearing)
and understanding the processes of visual and auditory
performance (the limits to what can be done in audio and
visual tasks). Research techniques include psychophysics,
neural imaging and computational modelling.
Aston Research on Children’s and Young people’s health
(ARCHY) aims to improve young people’s health and wellbeing
through world-class research. It brings together researchers
from a broad range of disciplines, including pharmacy,
psychology and optometry within LHS, to facilitate research
from fundamental science to multi-disciplinary translational
studies. Our research is designed to make a real diference
to clinical and educational practice, and to the health of the
population. In association with our partners in health care and
other external organisations we work with some of the most
ethnically diverse and disadvantaged populations in the UK.
136 www.aston.ac.uk
137

School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc Biomedical Sciences
School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc Biotechnology
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 20 per year
Specific entry requirements
This programme is open to suitably
qualified UK and International
graduates. You must hold at least a
second class Honours Degree in a
Biological, Biomedical or Biochemistry,
or related field from a recognised
university or an overseas degree
recognised by Aston University.
International students whose native
language is not English will need to meet
our English Language requirements as
set out on page 137.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
This course provides a firm base for
entering one of the biomedical science
areas of employment, which have
significantly increased both nationally
and internationally over recent years.
Programme overview
The MSc in Biomedical Sciences programme aims to provide a high
level of scientific knowledge and understanding of disease processes
from the molecular to the body/systems level and develop an informed
and critical appreciation of recent scientific developments in relation
to diagnostic laboratory pathology. It will enable you to gain, through
a research project, additional specialist knowledge and practical
expertise. You will be able to contribute to a broad spectrum of
career opportunities spanning academic, commercial, industrial and
healthcare applications of biomedical sciences. This course is also an
excellent foundation for further studies leading to a PhD. Please note
that this course is not IBMS accredited and is not designed as an entry
qualification for employment in Biomedical Science in the NHS.
Outline of programme
The programme is based around a core of six compulsory
modules and a research project that provide detailed study and
practical experience in key areas of biomedical sciences and in the
development of professional skills. The topics include outlines and
profiles of major human diseases, topics in infection, immunology,
endocrinology, research methods and exploiting research. The
supervised research project will last for four months and be at the
level expected for the first year of PhD studies. Examples include
diagnosis and treatment of infectious diseases, mechanisms of
immunity and studies on key human diseases.
Assessment
The course is assessed by a mixture of coursework, examinations
and practical work, and oral and written presentations. The research
project module will be assessed on the basis of a submitted project
report and an oral defence of a poster.
Programme Director
Dr. Lindsay Marshall
Dr. Lindsay Marshall’s research interests lie in respiratory disease
and in developing in vitro culture models using human cells in order
to make accurate models of human airways in the laboratory. Dr
Marshall is interested specifically in cystic fibrosis airways, airways
damaged by cigarette smoke and also normal, healthy airways; her
overall aims are to try and understand the disease mechanisms
in these human models so that we can use the models, instead
of animals, to make better treatments for people with respiratory
diseases.
Programme overview
This programme is designed to provide training and experience in a
range of modern biotechnological fields. The aim of the course is to
produce scientists who will be able to find employment in academic,
commercial, industrial and healthcare settings where biotechnology is
a focus. This MSc qualification will also be an excellent foundation for
those wishing to pursue further studies leading to a PhD.
Outline of programme
This programme is based around a core of eight modules and a
research project that provide experience in key areas of biotechnology.
Elements of the programme include:
The molecular, cellular and microbial basis of biotechnology, cell
culture, stem cell biology, tissue engineering, bioinformatics and
fermentation
Protein engineering and enzyme technology, and fungal
biotechnology related to commercial applications.
The supervised research project will last for four months and be at
the level expected for the first year of PhD studies. Examples
include culture and performance of microbes in a biotechnological
setting and work on stem cell biology.
Assessment
This programme is assessed by a combination of coursework,
examinations, practical work and oral and written presentations. The
research project is assessed on the basis of a preliminary literature
review, a project plan, the written project and a poster presentation.
Programme Director
Professor Roslyn Bill
Professor Roslyn Bill is a Professor of Biotechnology; her research
team develops yeast to make membrane proteins for further study.
As target proteins, she is particularly interested in aquaporin
water channels, G protein-coupled receptors and hepatitis C virus
receptor complex proteins, all of which are potential drug targets.
From the perspective of the yeast host cell, she is interested in how
the regulation of translational processes impacts on recombinant
protein yield.
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 8 per year
Specific entry requirements
This programme is open to suitably
qualified UK and International
graduates. You must hold at least
a second class Honours Degree in
Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Biology,
Chemistry, Chemical Engineering,
Genetics, Materials Science, Medicine,
Microbiology, or a related field, from a
recognised university or an overseas
degree recognised by Aston University.
International students whose native
language is not English will need to meet
our English Language requirements as
set out on page 137.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
MSc Biotechnology graduates can
expect to enter further research (PhD)
or undertake a career in the
commercial sector.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
138 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lhs_enquiries@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
139

School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc in Occupational Toxicology
School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc in Drug Delivery
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 10 per year
Specific entry requirements
This programme is open to suitably
qualified UK and International
graduates. You must hold at least
a second class Honours Degree in
Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Biology,
Chemistry, Chemical Engineering,
Genetics, Materials Science, Medicine,
Microbiology, or a related field, from a
recognised university or an overseas
degree recognised by Aston University.
International students whose native
language is not English will need to meet
our English Language requirements as
set out on page 137.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is designed to
provide a postgraduate level education
and training for graduates seeking
employment in Occupational Toxicology
or related industries. The course is also
an excellent foundation for studies at
PhD level.
Programme overview
This taught Master’s programme is intended to provide training in
the area of toxicology, which begins with an introduction to the basic
concepts of how chemicals injure cells and how the resulting changes
alter cellular function. The programme will progress to more advanced
areas related to the professional applications of the subject, such as
regulatory, forensic, clinical and mechanistic toxicology.
Outline of programme
You will be taught by researchers with established international
reputations and extensive experience in the subject.
Drug Discovery
Chemotherapy and Selective Toxicity
Basic Toxicology
Advanced Toxicology
Professional Development and Communication Skills
Research Project.
This qualification is intended to provide a suitable grounding for a
professional career in the area of applied toxicology, as well as for
further postgraduate study.
Assessment
This programme is assessed by a combination of coursework,
examinations, practical work and oral and written presentations.
The research project will be assessed by a submitted report, an oral
defence of a poster and observed laboratory skills.
Programme Director
Professor Michael Coleman
Professor Michael Coleman’s research interests include: the
design of in vitro neurotoxicity assay systems using human cells
and tissues; design of functional models of human neuronal and
astrocytic activity; toxicological testing and development of antituberculosis
drugs; toxicological mechanisms of sulphone adverse
reactions; mechanisms of methaemoglobin formation; molecular
mechanisms of diabetic complications.
Programme overview
This programme aims to raise to an advanced level the awareness,
skills and knowledge of scientists working in the pharmaceutical
fields. This is in relation to the formulation and design of drug carrier
systems and the specific requirements of a given drug in combination
with its desired pharmacological action and its intended route of
administration. The main goal of this programme is to prepare you for
an academic or industrial career in the Pharmaceutics/Drug Delivery
arena – an area in considerable demand in response to the continued
increase in development of highly complex and sensitive drug
molecules. The programme provides specialist training and practical
experience of the design and development of effective drug delivery
systems, as well as promoting directly applicable skills for career and
professional development.
Outline of programme
This programme is based around a core of compulsory modules and a
research project that provides detailed study and practical experience
in key areas of drug delivery and in the development of professional
skills. Projects take place in the postgraduate research laboratories
which have a wide range of pharmaceutical formulation and analytical
analysis equipment. The supervised research project provides an
opportunity to undertake a detailed investigation and develop practical
expertise in one of a range of specialist projects within the area of
drug delivery. The project will last for four months and be at the level
expected for the first year of PhD studies.
Assessment
This programme is assessed by a mixture of coursework,
examinations, practical work and oral and written presentations. The
research project module will be assessed on the basis of a submitted
project report and an oral defence of a poster.
Programme Director
Dr. Deborah Lowry
Dr. Deborah Lowry’s research interests include design of modified
release systems for controlled delivery of peptides, proteins
and vaccines, mucosal drug delivery, transdermal drug delivery,
polymeric delivery systems to enhance solubility of poorly soluble
drugs, delivery of drugs and vaccines using liposomes and
aquasomes.
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 20 per year
Specific entry requirements
This programme is open to suitably
qualified UK and International
graduates. You must hold at least
a second class Honours Degree in
Pharmacy, PharmaceuticalScience,
Pharmacology, Physiology, Physical
Science, Biochemistry, Biotechnology,
Chemistry, Chemical Engineering,
Genetics, Materials Science, Medicine
or a related field from a recognised
University or an overseas degree
recognised by Aston University.
International students whose native
language is not English will need to meet
our English Language requirements as
set out on page 137.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is designed to provide
a rigorous postgraduate scheme of
education and training for life science
or physical science-based graduate
students. You will gain an overview
of drug delivery and have handson
experience of pharmaceutical
formulation and drug delivery. This will
enable you to communicate across
disciplinary boundaries whilst having
depth in your own area. It is also an
excellent foundation for studies at the
PhD level.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
140 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lhs_enquiries@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
141

School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc in Pharmaceutical Sciences
School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc Pharmacokinetics
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 20 per year
Specific entry requirements
This programme is open to suitably
qualified UK and International graduates.
You must hold at least a second
class Honours Degree in Pharmacy,
Pharmaceutical Science, Pharmacology,
Physiology, Physical Science,
Biochemistry, Biotechnology, Chemistry,
Chemical Engineering, Genetics,
Materials Science, Medicine or a related
field from a recognised university or an
overseas degree recognised by Aston
University.
International students whose native
language is not English will need to meet
our English Language requirements as
set out on page 137.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
This programme will offer a robust
academic base for pharmacists,
chemists and related life-sciences
graduates who are keen to further
develop their skills and knowledge
in the pharmaceutical sciences field.
This preparation will endow graduates
with the ability to provide effective
pharmaceutical formulation strategies
for current and future drug therapies and
medicinal products.
Programme overview
This MSc programme is designed to provide specialist training and
practical experience to graduates who are interested in following
a career in the pharmaceutical industry, research institutes or
related pharmaceutical authorities. This course is also an excellent
foundation for graduates considering research degree programmes
in the pharmaceutical sciences.
Outline of programme
This programme is based around a core of compulsory modules and
combined with a research project undertaken in our postgraduate
research laboratories. Our laboratories are furnished with a wide
range of modern pharmaceutical formulation, technology and British
Pharmacopeia grade analytical analysis equipment including HPLC,
GC, DSC, Tablet Manufacturing facilities, Dissolution facilities and
particle size analysis. Examples of projects can include formulation
strategies for the ageing population, development of new analytical
techniques for proteins. The research project will last approximately
four months and you will work under the supervision of recognised
experts within your given research field.
The project provides an opportunity to undertake a detailed
investigation and develop practical expertise in one of a range of
specialist projects within the Pharmaceutical Sciences arena. Aston
University has strong collaborative links with various pharmaceutical
companies and there may be the opportunity to undertake projects
in collaboration with these companies.
The taught modular programme will consider various aspects
of pharmaceutical sciences e.g. the biology of disease states,
pharmaceutical analytical analysis, pharmaceutical formulation,
research methods and exploiting your research.
Assessment
This programme is assessed by a mixture of coursework,
examinations, practical work and oral and written presentations. The
research project module will be assessed on the basis of a submitted
project report and an oral defence of a poster.
Programme Director
Dr. Afzal R. Mohammed
Dr. Afzal R. Mohammed has interests in the development of orally
disintegrating tablets, formulation and characterisation of oral liquid
preparations and understanding genomic signature of drug delivery
systems using microarray to design effective formulations.
Programme overview
Pharmacokinetics is a key aspect of drug safety and investigates
the fate of a drug in the body, and how the substance is absorbed,
distributed, metabolised and eliminated.
The MSc Pharmacokinetics programme has been developed with
an emphasis on describing mechanistic approaches to assessing
and predicting the pharmacokinetics of drugs throughout the drug
development process. The course will provide candidates with a broad
range of experiences in the application of pharmacokinetics from
early discovery and development, through to market authorisation and
clinical applications.
This programme is designed for scientists already working within the
pharmaceutical industry or science graduates who wish to explore
the area of pharmacokinetics further and to and obtain a university
degree.
Outline of programme
Key themes include:
The application pharmacokinetic principle to early drug discovery
strategies
Biopharmaceutics and pharmacokinetic principles in dosage form
design
Basic and advanced pharmacokinetics with an emphasis on
modelling and simulation
Specialist research projects.
Assessment
This course is assessed by a mixture of coursework, examinations,
practical work and oral and written presentations. The research project
module will be assessed on the basis of a submitted project report
and an oral defence of a poster.
A core aspect of the programme is focussed on working with cuttingedge
modelling and simulation software to apply pharmacokinetic
principles to industry case-studies examples.
Programme Director
Dr. Raj K. Singh Badhan
Dr. Raj K. Singh Badhan has a broad background in
pharmacokinetics and pharmaceutical sciences and is a UK
registered pharmacist. His PhD and Post-Doctoral training in
pharmacokinetics and pharmaceutical sciences will provide
candidates with an extensive understanding of the application of
pharmacokinetics during drug development.
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 10 per year
Specific entry requirements
Applicants must hold at least a
2nd class honours degree in a
life Sciences-based subject e.g.,
chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacy,
pharmaceutical technology, chemical
engineering, pharmacology, physiology,
physical science, biotechnology or
biological chemistry, or when outside
the UK a qualification deemed to be at
least of equivalent standing.
Students whose first language is not
English must demonstrate a satisfactory
command of written and spoken
English.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
This course is designed to provide
a postgraduate-level education
and training for graduates seeking
employment in the pharmaceutical
industry. The course is also an excellent
foundation for studies at PhD level.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
142 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lhs_enquiries@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
143

School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc in Pharmacology
School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc Molecular Pharmaceutics
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 15 per year
Specific entry requirements
This programme is open to suitably
qualified international and UK graduates.
Prospective students must possess a
good Honours Degree minimum lower
second class in Physiology, Physical
Science, Biochemistry, Biotechnology,
Chemistry, Chemical Engineering,
Genetics, Materials Science, Biology,
Medicine or a related field, from a
recognised university or an equivalent
overseas degree recognised by Aston
University, and also provide two
references.
International students whose native
language is not English will also need an
IELTS score of 6.5 with a minimum of 6.0
in each band.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is designed to give
graduates sufficient experience of
pharmacology to pursue opportunities
at PhD level studies in related disciplines
(i.e. neuropharmacology).
Programme overview
This programme provides specialist training in the field of
pharmacology, as well as promoting skills for career and professional
development. It is designed around a strong theoretical education
in basic and advanced pharmacology, with practical experience of
techniques in the laboratory during the project period.
You will gain insight into receptor theory, molecular pharmacology,
neuropharmacology and pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics.
Physiology will also be taught alongside these elements, facilitating
crossover of students qualified in non-biological disciplines to the life
sciences. This will allow you to offer skills that cross boundaries, and
provide an excellent foundation for studies at PhD level.
Outline of programme
This programme is based around core pharmacological principles,
including receptor theory, quantitative pharmacology and the
pharmacology of the brain and peripheral nervous system. Later
modules cover advanced topics including cannabinoid receptors, and
the pharmacology of memory.
Modules include:
Drug Discovery
Systems Pharmacology 1 – Basic and Autonomic Pharmacology
Systems Pharmacology 2 – Neuropharmacology
Advanced Pharmacology
Professional Development and Communication Skills
Research Project.
The supervised research project will last for approximately three
months, and will be at the level expected for first year PhD study.
The project is based around drug discovery, testing lead compounds
synthesised by medicinal chemists at Aston against, for example, an
opioid receptor bioassay using an organ bath approach.
Assessment
This programme is assessed by a mixture of coursework,
examinations, practical work and oral and written presentations. The
research project module will be assessed on the basis of a submitted
project report and an oral defence of a poster.
Programme overview
The course comprises a core of compulsory taught modules (120
credits) and a research project (60 credits) that provide detailed study
and practical experience in drug design and pharmacokinetics.
Outline of programme
Modules include:
Knowledge-Based Drug Design
Drug Discovery
Pharmacokinetics
Chemotherapy and Selective Toxicity
Bioinformatics
Research Methods: Professional
Development and Communication Skills
Research Proposal
Research Project.
The supervised research project will last for approximately three
months, and will be at the level expected for first year PhD study. The
project will based around computational approaches to drug discovery
and drug optimisation, for example, the use of protein modelling to
design new enzyme inhibitors.
Assessment
The course is assessed by a mixture of coursework, examinations,
practical work and oral and written presentations. The research project
module will be assessed on the basis of a submitted project report
and an oral defence of a poster.
Programme Director
Dr. Dan L. Rathbone
Dr. Dan L. Rathbone is a senior lecturer in Pharmaceutical Sciences
and his research interests include design, synthesis and screening
of libraries of new antimycobacterial compounds, computer
aided drug design, molecular recognition in fluorescent imprinted
polymers and their use as sensors and receptor mimics. Dr. Dan L.
Rathbone also teaches on the MPharm programme.
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 10 per year
Specific entry requirements
Potential students must hold at
least a 2nd class Honours Degree
in a chemistry-based subject - e.g.
chemistry, biochemistry, pharmacy,
pharmaceutical technology or biological
chemistry from a UK University.
Overseas students must possess an
equivalent qualification.
International students whose
first language is not English must
demonstrate a satisfactory command of
English language. Please see page 137
for the requirements.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
This course is designed to provide
a postgraduate-level education
and training for graduates seeking
employment in the pharmaceutical
industry. The course is also an excellent
foundation for studies at PhD level.
Programme Director
Dr. Eric Lattmann
Dr. Eric Lattmann’s research interest include in vitro and in vivo
pharmacology and the research is targeted towards the discovery
and development of new drugs. In particular it is focused on
the design, SAR optimisation and evaluation of cholecystokinin
antagonists and their use in the treatment of CNS disorders, such
as anxiety/depression and pain management.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
144 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lhs_enquiries@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
145

School of Life & Health Sciences
PgDip for Overseas Pharmacists
School of Life & Health Sciences
PgCert in Psychiatric Therapeutics
Distance Learning
Key facts
9 months full-time.
A 12 month MSc course is also
available (contact the School for
more information).
Start date: September
Intake: Approximately 50 per year
Specific entry requirements
You must possess a pharmaceutical
degree qualification that would
enable you to register as a practicing
pharmaceutical chemist in the country
of origin of the qualification. In addition
you must have documented approval
from the General Pharmaceutical
Council (GPhC) that you are suitable to
apply for this course. This approval must
be obtained before application. You
must also have English to IELTS level 7.0
across all bands.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is designed for those
who wish to ultimately practice as a
pharmacist in the UK.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
This programme, which is accredited by the General Pharmaceutical
Council (GPhC), is for pharmacy graduates who gained their degree
outside the UK. It enables pharmacists to convert their existing
pharmaceutical qualification so it is recognised in the UK.
Successful completion will allow you to apply to undertake a
pre-registration placement in an approved Pharmaceutical
establishment, before applying to the UK Register of Pharmaceutical
Chemists. You will also gain an Aston University Diploma. Aston
University is not responsible for the provision of a pre-registration
training place or preparation for professional qualifying examinations.
The programme focuses upon new developments in key
pharmaceutical sciences, clinical pharmacy and pharmacy practice
together with the study of health service delivery and pharmacy law
and ethics within the UK.
For those who require a Masters, once the 120 credit taught
component has been achieved, a 60 credit research project in
Pharmacy Practice, leads to the award of MSc. This must be
continuous after the taught component.
Outline of programme
The full-time programme is structured as three consecutive terms for a
total of 30 teaching weeks. The programme content is presented in six
modules, all of which are compulsory.
Modules include:
Professional Critical Skills
Applied Pharmacology and Therapeutics
Practical Therapeutics
Pharmaceutics in Practice
Pharmaceutical Technology
Pharmacy Law and Ethics with Professional Practice.
Assessment
A wide range of assessment methods are used including written
examinations; web-based clinical assignments; clinical case studies;
oral clinical scenarios; portfolio development; practical dispensing
examination and group work.
Programme Director
Dr. Kay Wood
Dr. Kay Wood’s research interests include: managing change
in primary care; repeat dispensing; compliance/concordance;
Pharmacists’ attitudes towards learning about practice research.
Programme overview
This programme provides specialist education in the field of
psychotropic pharmacology, as well as promoting skills for career and
professional development.
You will gain insight into receptor theory, molecular pharmacology,
neuropharmacology and pharmacokinetics/pharmacodynamics
Outline of programme
Six modules cover the major therapeutic areas of psychiatry
together with the underlying principles of psychopharmacology,
pharmacokinetics and the molecular basis for psychotropic drug
action.
Assessment
By tutor marked assignments submitted to the University and a final
synoptic, open book examination.
Programme Director
Mrs. Celia Feetam
Mrs. Celia Feetam has worked in psychiatry as a specialist
clinical pharmacist in the NHS as well as in the independent
sector. She is a Fellow and a past President of the College of
Mental Health Pharmacy (CMHP). She has also worked as a
consultant and advisor to the NHS, the Department of Health
and the pharmaceutical industry. She has lectured and published
extensively on the subject of psychiatric pharmacy and psychiatric
therapeutics.
Key facts
Approximately 1 year part-time
by distance learning
Start date: January
Intake: Approximately 70 per year
Specific entry requirements
An appropriate first degree from a British
University or a qualification deemed by
the School Board of Aston University
to be at least of equivalent standing,
and evidence of access to patients with
psychiatric illnesses. English to IELTS
level 7.0 across all bands.
Fees
Please contact the School.
Scholarships and bursaries
Bursaries are awarded to associate
and accredited members of the College
of Mental Health Pharmacy (CMHP)
according to need and merit on written
application to the Council of the CMHP.
Accreditation
The College of Mental Health Pharmacy
(CMHP) www.cmhp.org.uk
What are my career prospects?
This course is designed to provide
a postgraduate level education for
graduates seeking employment in
psychiatric therapeutics and related
areas. The Certificate is an entry
qualification for pharmacists wishing to
proceed to the Diploma in Psychiatric
Pharmacy.
Application and contact
Programmes Administrator
Psychiatric Pharmacy Course Office
Penny Delaney
T: +44 (0)121 204 3928
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: p.j.delaney@aston.ac.uk
146 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lhs_enquiries@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
147

School of Life & Health Sciences
PgDip in Psychiatric Pharmacy
Distance Learning and Practice
School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc in Psychiatric Pharmacy Practice
Key facts
Approximately 1 year part-time by
distance learning
Start date: April
Intake: Approximately 30 per year
Specific entry requirements
A degree in pharmacy, and the
Postgraduate Certificate in Psychiatric
Therapeutics plus regular frequent
access to adult patients suffering from
the full range of psychiatric disorders
and the opportunity to participate in
a multidisciplinary forum in a clinical
psychiatric environment. English to
IELTS level 7.0 across all bands.
Fees
Please contact the School.
Scholarships and bursaries
Bursaries are awarded to associate
and accredited members of the College
of Mental Health Pharmacy (CMHP)
according to need and merit on written
application to the Council of the CMHP.
Accreditation
The College of Mental Health Pharmacy
(CMHP) www.cmhp.org.uk
What are my career prospects?
Work submitted for the Diploma may
be used in a portfolio application for
membership of the College of Mental
Health Pharmacy (CMHP).
Application and contact
Programmes Administrator
Psychiatric Pharmacy Course Office
Penny Delaney
Programme overview
This programme consists of practice-based and knowledge-based
modules covering all areas of psychiatric pharmacy. It is designed to
engender a problem-solving approach to the therapeutic dilemmas of
the individual patient and to promote the best pharmaceutical practice
within the clinical team. It is available only to pharmacists. The Diploma
is a pre-requisite for the MSc in Psychiatric Pharmacy Practice.
Outline of programme
Practice-based modules:
An Introduction to Clinical Practice
Clinical Interventions
Formulary Development, Clinical Audit and Communication
Compulsory knowledge-based components:
Psychological Therapies Substance Misuse
Information Technology and Pharmacoeconomics
Plus two further components from:
Research Methods
Learning Disabilities
Child and Adolescent Psychiatry
Epilepsy.
Assessment
By tutor-marked assignments submitted to the University, case
presentations and a final synoptic, open book examination.
Programme Director
Mrs. Celia Feetam
Mrs. Celia Feetam has worked in psychiatry as a specialist
clinical pharmacist in the NHS as well as in the independent
sector. She is a Fellow and a past President of the College of
Mental Health Pharmacy (CMHP). She has also worked as a
consultant and advisor to the NHS, the Department of Health
and the pharmaceutical industry. She has lectured and published
extensively on the subject of psychiatric pharmacy and psychiatric
therapeutics.
It is now possible for the successful Diploma student to convert
their diploma to an MSc by enrolling on the MSc in Psychiatric
Pharmacy Practice and undertaking an additional one year’s
practice research project. Further information on the MSc may be
obtained from Celia Feetam at c.l.feetam@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
This one year research MSc in Psychiatric Pharmacy Practice is
offered to graduands of the Aston Diploma in Psychiatric Pharmacy
distance learning programme. It aims to engage students in
supervised but independently executed practice research.
Outline of programme
A single 60 credit module enables the conversion of the Diploma
(120 credits) to an MSc (180 credits).
Students will be encouraged to integrate and apply the skills acquired
during the Certificate and Diploma programmes to investigate in depth an
area of clinical psychiatric pharmacy practice of specific interest to them.
The module will equip students with the necessary critical, analytical
and evaluation skills necessary to understand the research process
thoroughly including ethical and risk assessment issues. It provides
experience of practice research and project management together
with preparation for submission for publication.
Assessment
A research proposal of approximately 2000 words
A project report of between 10,000 and 15,000 words
An oral assessment (Viva voce).
Programme Director
Mrs. Celia Feetam
Mrs. Celia Feetam has worked in psychiatry as a specialist
clinical pharmacist in the NHS as well as in the independent
sector. She is a Fellow and a past President of the College of
Mental Health Pharmacy (CMHP). She has also worked as a
consultant and advisor to the NHS, the Department of Health
and the pharmaceutical industry. She has lectured and published
extensively on the subject of psychiatric pharmacy and psychiatric
therapeutics.
Key facts
Approximately 1 year part-time
Start date: April
Intake: Approximately 5 per year
Specific entry requirements
Essential: The Diploma in Psychiatric
Pharmacy from Aston University with
Module 6D (research methods) a
desirable option.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
Students will be normally employed by
the NHS and will be on a career path of
a specialist mental health pharmacist
within an organisation specialising in the
treatment of people with mental illness.
Scholarships and bursaries
Bursaries are awarded to associate
and accredited members of the College
of Mental Health Pharmacy (CMHP)
according to need and merit on written
application to the Council of the CMHP.
Application and contact
Programmes Administrator
Psychiatric Pharmacy Course Office
Penny Delaney
T: +44 (0)121 204 3928
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: p.j.delaney@aston.ac.uk
T: +44 (0)121 204 3928
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: p.j.delaney@aston.ac.uk
148 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3928 | Email: p.j.delaney@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
149

School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc/Doctor of Optometry/Ophthalmic Science
School of Life & Health Sciences
Aston Diploma in Psychology
Key facts
Part-time and flexible – up to 6 years
Start date: Two intakes per year
(October and March). Distance learning
only.
Intake: Approximately 20 per year
Specific entry requirements
Applicants must hold at least a 2:1 in
an Ophthalmic or Biomedical field, from
a UK university for direct entry onto
the course. Two years clinical practice
(including any pre-registration period)
is required before acceptance on to the
course. International students whose
native language is not English will
also need an IELTS score of 7.0 with a
minimum of 6.5 in each band.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
The Ophthalmic Doctorate will enhance
your reputation as an eye-care
practitioner and entitle you to use the
prefix Doctor in recognition of your
proven clinical research enhancing the
evidence basis for eye-care. The award
will not entitle you to practice eye-care
in another country and is not externally
accredited.
Programme overview
The Ophthalmic Doctorate is a unique qualification which encourages
eye-care professionals to enhance their knowledge and critical
awareness of current issues, and to be at the forefront of their
academic discipline.
Outline of programme
The taught element of the Ophthalmic Doctorate aims to allow
practitioners to enhance their understanding of more advanced
ophthalmic topics and to bring their knowledge up to date in evidencebased
eye-care. This programme also involves an interdisciplinary
element – providing eye-care professionals with an opportunity
to study basic and clinical visual science to a higher level. The
programme is entirely distance learning via the University’s virtual
learning environment; this gives students flexibility in their studies.
Modules include:
Advanced Contact Lenses
Advanced Ophthalmic Examination
Advanced Visual Science
Glaucoma
Myopia
Ocular Pharmacology and Therapeutics
Retinal and Macular Disorders
Visual Impairment
Research Methods
Prescribing for Disorders of the Eye
Refractive Surgery
Accommodation and Presbyopia
Narrative Research Review (for MSc students only).
Assessment
Teaching will be delivered through a series of online lectures. Each
module will be assessed by coursework and examinations. The
research thesis for those taking the full Ophthalmic Doctorate will be
assessed by an internal and external examiner and will be defended
in a viva-voce style examination. You will also produce a final
research thesis.
Programme overview
The Aston Diploma in Psychology is intended for students who wish
to complete the Graduate Diploma in Psychology but who lack the
necessary 60 credits.
Outline of programme
The programme consists of three 20 credit modules*:
Research Methods and Statistics – an introduction to research
design and methodologies, descriptive and inferential statistics
Introduction to Psychology I – an introduction to the major schools
of thought in psychology and to developmental psychology in
particular
Introduction to Psychology II – an introduction to social, cognitive
and biological psychology.
* Modules are also offered separately as Aston Certificates for those
who already have some psychology credits but lack the required 60
credits for entry onto a conversion programme. If you wish to apply
just for one or two modules, please apply online for the Aston Diploma
in Psychology and mention in your personal statement about how
many modules you would like to study.
Assessment
This programme is delivered by the virtual learning environment,
Blackboard, and includes: Power Point presentations with
accompanying audio commentary by the lecturer; self-assessment
quizzes and exercises; recommended reading (usually available
electronically); discussion boards and video. Assessment is via
continuous assessment through coursework.
Programme Director
Dr. Ed Walford
Dr. Ed Walford is interested in the effects of normal ageing on
cognition, in particular changes to learning and memory processes
and how older adults represent stimuli internally. He also has
interests in developing distance learning courses and in the use of
technology to help student learning.
Key facts
Within 1 year full-time or part-time
Start date: October, January and May
Intake: Approximately 20 per year
Specific entry requirements
This programme is open to suitably
qualified UK and International
graduates. You must possess a good
honours degree (minimum 2:2) from a
UK or overseas institution in any subject
and GCSE Mathematics (Grade C or
above).
International students whose native
language is not English will need to meet
our English Language requirements as
set out on page 137.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
This course acts as a bridging course
for entry on to the Graduate Diploma in
Psychology.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
Programme Director
Dr. Amy L. Sheppard
Dr. Amy Sheppard’s research interests are centred on human
accommodation, the inevitable loss of accommodative ability
with age, and attempts to restore natural focusing ability to the
ageing eye. Her research involves the application of high resolution
in vivo imaging techniques to investigate the morphology of
the accommodative structures and the characteristics of the
accommodative response.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
T: +44 (0)121 204 3906
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: optometrycpd@aston.ac.uk
150 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lhs_enquiries@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
151

School of Life & Health Sciences
Graduate Diploma in Psychology
School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc in Health Psychology
Key facts
Within 1 year full-time or up to 5 years
part-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 15 per year
Specific entry requirements
This programme is open to suitably
qualified UK and International graduates.
You must have a good Honours Degree
(minimum lower second class) in any
subject plus the equivalent of at least 60
credits of psychology at Degree Level.
Students who do not have prior study
in psychology are required to undertake
an appropriate entry programme in
psychology.
International students whose native
language is not English will need to meet
our English Language requirements as
set out on page 137.
Fees
Please contact the School.
Part-time students pro-rata to the
appropriate full-time fees.
What are my career prospects?
The Graduate Diploma in Psychology
provides students eligibility for Graduate
Basis for Registration (GBR) with the
British Psychological Society. Graduates
who take the course typically go on to
further postgraduate study (e.g. Masters
in health or forensic psychology, Clinical
Doctorates in psychology), though some
students choose to pursue relevant
employment (e.g. assistant psychologist
in the NHS) before further study.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
Programme overview
This Graduate Diploma in Psychology is designed for those wishing
to pursue a career as a professional psychologist and who do
not possess a first degree which confers eligibility with the British
Psychological Society.
Outline of programme
The programme has the following compulsory modules:
Thinking and Reasoning
Child Development
Cognitive Neuropsychology
Social Psychology
Psychological Research Methods
Advanced Statistics
Personality and Intelligence
Language and Communication Project.
Candidates who can show prior learning in a module may, under
certain circumstances, take an elective module in its place.
Assessment
Teaching is via lectures, group work, practicals and seminars.
Performance is evaluated by coursework and examination.
Programme Director
Dr. Olivia Longe
Dr. Olivia Longe’s research interests include neuroimaging studies
of reward processing, and cognition and motivation interactions,
using both fMRI and MEG. She also has a specific interest in how
self-evaluations, such as self-criticism, are processed at the neural
level in both healthy adults and unipolar depressed patients.
Programme overview
This programme offers graduates first class teaching from staff
with internationally recognised research expertise across a range
of health psychology fields using both quantitative and qualitative
methodologies. The programme is accredited by the British
Psychological Society as Stage 1 Training in Health Psychology.
Following this, students can undertake Stage 2 Training to become
eligible to register as a practitioner Health Psychologist with the Health
and Care Professions Council (HCPC).
Outline of programme
This programme follows the framework developed by the British
Psychological Society for professional training in Health Psychology.
It consists of eight compulsory modules, involving interactive learning
workshops, practical sessions, seminars and lectures. Postgraduate
students are expected to take charge of their own learning in selfdirected
and private study. Each student will conduct an empirical
research project in an area of their own choosing, guided by their
academic supervisor. Individual supervision and group workshops
will support the development and progress of their research. They will
receive additional support through a tutorial system.
Core modules:
Qualitative Research Methodology
Quantitative Methods and Advanced Statistics
Health Behaviour
Health Inequalities and Developmental Processes
Illness Processes and Behaviour
Applications and Professional Issues
Research Proposal
Research Project and Report.
Assessment
Assessment is by examination, the project report and a variety of
coursework assignments, including the design of health interventions, a
systematic review, mini-research projects in qualitative and quantitative
methods and extended essays.
Programme Director
Dr. Rachel Shaw
Dr. Rachel Shaw’s research interests include understanding
patients’ illness experience and working with health-care
professionals to explore their relationships with patients and
satisfaction with services offered. Dr Shaw is an internationally
renowned expert in Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis who
runs regular advanced training workshops both at Aston University
and other UK Higher Education Institutions.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
Key facts
1 year full-time
Start date: October
Intake: Maximum 20 per year
Specific entry requirements
Applicants with a good Honours Degree
that confers eligibility for Graduate
Basis for Chartered Membership of
the British Psychological Society
(BPS) will be considered. Suitable
applicants may be asked to attend a
formal interview. Students applying from
outside the UK or who do not have a
BPS accredited degree in Psychology,
must check with the BPS to see if they
qualify for Graduate Basis for Chartered
Membership (GBC).
International students whose native
language is not English will need to meet
our English Language requirements as
set out on page 137.
Fees
Please contact the School.
Accreditation
The MSc Health Psychology is
accredited by the British Psychological
Society as Stage 1 Professional Training
in Health Psychology.
What are my career prospects?
Many MSc graduates go on to Stage 2
training and/or a PhD. HCPC registered
Health Psychologists are employed in
a range of fields including the National
Health Service and other government
departments, private consultancies,
organisations delivering public health
interventions, drug development
companies, and Higher Education
Institutions. They work directly with
patients in group and one-on-one
settings, develop and implement
health behaviour change interventions,
conduct world leading research and
train future Health Psychologists.
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
152 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lhs_enquiries@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
153

School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc Cognitive Neuroscience
School of Life & Health Sciences
MSc Clinical Health Management
Key facts
1 year full-time; up to 5 years part-time
Start date: October
Intake: Approximately 15 per year
Specific entry requirements
You must hold at least a second class
Honours Degree in Psychology or a
related field or a qualification deemed
to be at least of equivalent standing
recognised by Aston University.
International students whose native
language is not English will need to meet
our English Language requirements as
set out on page 137.
Fees
Please contact the School.
Part-time students pro-rata to the
appropriate full-time fees.
What are my career prospects?
This programme is designed to provide
a postgraduate-level education
and training for graduates seeking
employment in related research or
academic environments. The course is
also an excellent foundation for studies
at PhD level.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
Programme overview
This degree programme is unique through its dual emphasis on
specialist training in the area of Cognitive Neuroscience, as well as
on generic, transferable research skills for career and professional
development. Students will acquire comprehensive research
experience from working with researchers of international calibre.
The programme is especially recommended to graduates who want
to specialise in the area of Cognitive Neuroscience, continue to do a
PhD, or enhance their CV by a research-related Masters qualification.
Outline of programme
This programme is focussed on specialist taught modules in the
theoretical, practical and clinical aspects of Cognitive Neuroscience,
including:
Neuroanatomy
Neuropsychological Assessment
Cognitive Neuropsychiatry
Neuroimaging techniques involving EEG, MEG, and MRI/fMRI
Imaging Genomics.
Additional modules provide detailed study and practical experience
in research design and analysis, and help the student to develop
transferable, professional skills.
Those include:
Advanced Methods in Psychological Research
Advanced Research Design and Analysis
Advanced Statistics
Research Rotations
Communication Skills in Research and Teaching
Professional Development.
Assessment
The course is assessed by a combination of coursework,
examinations, practical work, oral and written presentations, and
the dissertation project. The dissertation project is an original piece
of research carried out under the supervision of an experienced
researcher of international standing normally associated with the
Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience or the Neuroimaging research
group.
Programme Director
Dr. Martin Jüttner
Dr. Martin Jüttner’s research is generally concerned with aspects
of visual cognition. His current research interests include: object
recognition, visual categorisation, object learning by vision and
touch, and the development of object recognition skills in children.
Programme overview
The programme is taught by experts across three highly regarded
Aston University Schools of study. The course is part-time (expected
completion within two years) and the material is in distance learning
format to allow flexibility for candidates. Many health graduates
are employed by independent or franchise SMEs. Even in larger
organisations, they are often placed in situations where management
skills are necessary and presumed. However, little is taught in
professionally regulated health courses about business. Hence this
MSc will provide students with the academic framework to run and/
or manage in a successful health-based business and allow them to
reflect on how this can enhance their current workplace.
Outline of programme
The MSc will consist of seven modules and a project:
Leadership for Health Professionals
Accounting and Finance (tendering, cost models, business
planning)
Organisational Strategy
Marketing for Health Professional
Law for Managers
Health Care Organisation and Policies
Evidence-Based Practice or Service Development (Elective)
Profession Specific Business Project and Research Methods.
The project can be tailored to support your employer/sponsor.
Students will have access to computer support and library
services through the web.
Assessment
Each module consists of distance learning narrated lectures, case
studies and questions. There are a number of webinars as well in some
of the modules. The main assessments are in the form of reflective case
studies and assignments based on the module content. This can all be
done by distance learning from anywhere in the world.
Programme Director
Dr. Olivia Hunt
Dr. Olivia Hunt is an optometrist who works as the Principal
Clinician in the Optometry department at Aston University where
she has responsibility for the day-to-day running of the public
service clinics and final year clinical teaching. Her research
interests include accommodating and multifocal intraocular lenses,
improving feedback for students in clinical teaching and the use
and development of e-resources for teaching and learning in health
disciplines.
Key facts
2 years part-time
Start date: October and March
Intake: Approximately 20 per year
Specific entry requirements
This programme is open to suitably
qualified international and UK graduates.
You must hold at least a second class
Honours Degree in a health related field,
from a British university or a degree
or qualification deemed to be at least
of equivalent standing recognised by
Aston University.
International students whose native
language is not English will need to meet
our English Language requirements as
set out on page 137.
Fees
Please contact the School.
What are my career prospects?
This is a programme which will allow
health care professionals to become
better leaders, enhancing their career
prospects and company profitability. It is
ideal for those in private practice or in a
Health Service career.
Application and contact
LHS Postgraduate School
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
T: +44 (0)121 204 4161
F: +44 (0)121 204 4187
E: lhspgt@aston.ac.uk
154 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 3000 | Email: lhs_enquiries@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
155

School of Life & Health Sciences
Research
The School of Life & Health Sciences pursues interdisciplinary
research in the areas of Biomedical Sciences, Health Sciences
and Neurosciences at the interface between laboratory and clinic.
Our work ranges from the molecular and cellular levels, through
neural systems and human behaviour, to the restoration of health
and the study of individuals in health care and societal settings.
Further national and international collaborations augment this
research mission.
Research and Enterprise
Associate Dean
Dr. Ian Stanford
T: +44 (0) 121 204 4015
F: i.m.stanford@aston.ac.uk
E: www1.aston.ac.uk/lhs/staff/az-index/stanfoim
Biomedical Sciences
To establish a vibrant and interactive environment for
academic staff, research staff and postgraduate research
students, Biomedical Sciences research conveniently
comprises three closely interacting discipline-driven groups,
namely, Chronic Diseases, Communicable Diseases and
Molecular and Cell Biology.
Interested students are encouraged to approach the relevant
members of staff for further information.
Research and Enterprise
Associate Director - Research (Biomedical Sciences)
Prof. Cliff Bailey
T: +44 (0) 121 204 3898
F: +44 (0) 121 204 3892
F: c.j.bailey@aston.ac.uk
E: www1.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research/biomedical
Group overview
With funding from the EU, Research Councils,
charities and the pharmaceutical industry, this group
aims to improve understanding of the molecular
events underlying cellular nutrition signalling
disorders and metabolic disturbances in chronic
diseases.
Key areas of study include:
Regulation of glucose homeostasis, particularly
in relation to the pathogenesis of diabetes
mellitus and obesity, and the development
of new therapies. Specific interests include
interventions against insulin resistance,
development of antidiabetic and antiobesity
agents and use of, genetically modified
insulin-releasing cells and treatments for diabetic
complications.
Pathogenesis of cancer cachexia leading to
informed drug development to address muscle
catabolism by proteolysis-inducing factor (PIF),
and the development of selective anti-tumour
agents.
The role of nutrients in regulation of oxidative
stress during chronic inflammatory, neurological
diseases and ageing. Specific projects include
the identification of biomarkers of ageing
using a proteomic approach, the functional
consequence of protein oxidation for
cellular function particularly oxidized and
chlorinated phospholipids in cell function.
The use of mass spectroscopic methods to
follow protein oxidation.
The molecular pharmacology of G-protein
coupled receptors, especially receptors for
calcitonin gene-related peptide and related
peptides.
Development of in vitro methods to model the
cellular toxicity of drugs and environmental
toxins, particularly those relevant to normal
function of the human brain.
Tissue transglutaminase (TG2) in cell death,
matrix deposition and cell adhesion and
the relationship of these functions to
wound healing, tissue fibrosis and scarring,
tumour progression and cystic fibrosis. The use
of transglutaminases in the bioengineering
of natural polymers for the development of novel
biomaterials used in soft and hard tissue repair.
School of Life & Health Sciences
Chronic Diseases
Special equipment
Fully-equipped suites of laboratories for mammalian
cell culture, genetic manipulation and molecular
analysis. Specialist facilities for studying cell
phenotype and function include; confocal
microscopy, flow cytometry, proteomic analysis suite
including LC/MS-MS, a full range of chromatographic
separation equipment for protein, lipid and DNA
analysis.
Funding sources
EU FP7, Dunhill Medical Trust, UK research councils,
Unilever, various pharmaceutical companies,
Humane Research Trust, Antidote Direct, local health
authorities.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Prof. David Poyner
T: +44 (0)121 204 3997
F: +44 (0)121 359 5142
E: d.r.poyner@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research/
biomedical/chronic
156 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 4019 | Email: lhs_prgphd@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
157

School of Life & Health Sciences
Communicable Diseases
School of Life & Health Sciences
Molecular and Cell Biology
Group overview
Our principal investigators and their teams work
collectively to advance the understanding of the
process of health and disease at the molecular, cellular
and whole body level. National and international
collaborations augment this research mission.
Research in this interdisciplinary group centres on the
biological basis of inflammatory and infectious diseases
studied at the cellular and molecular levels. This is
combined with a strong input of medicinal chemistry
involving the design, synthesis and testing of novel
chemical agents and natural products with therapeutic
potential.
The overall aims of the group are to develop new
strategies to diagnose and treat inflammatory and
infectious diseases utilising host molecules (e.g.
cytokines, acute phase proteins, oligonucleotides,
antibodies and enzymes) and novel chemical entities
(derived from de novo drug design or from study of
natural products).
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Dr. Andrew Devitt
T: +44(0)121 204 4165
F: +44(0)121 204 4187
E: a.devitt1@aston.ac.uk
W: www1.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research/
biomedical/communicable
Key areas of study include:
Diagnosis, treatment and epidemiology of microbial
infection
Characterisation of the molecular mechanisms of
inflammatory conditions (both infectious and
non-infectious)
Role of the innate immune system in the clearance
of dying (apoptotic) cells and microbes and the
application of gained knowledge to medicine
(control of inflammation)
Development of model systems for the study of
inflammatory conditions of the airways and intestinal
tract
Molecular biology and physiology of
transglutaminases and their use in the
Bioengineering of natural polymers for the
development of novel biomaterials
The pharmacology and biochemistry of signal
transduction mechanisms in the gastrointestinal tract
Secretion and localisation of the cytokine Leukemia
Inhibitory Factor (LIF)
Design, synthesis and testing of therapeutic
oligonucleotides
Design and construction of cross linked polymeric
receptor mimetics
Imprinting
New drugs from combinatorial libraries and natural
products.
Special equipment
Fully-equipped suites of laboratories for mammalian
and microbial cell culture and genetic manipulation and
molecular analysis. Specialist facilities for studying cell
structure and function include flow cytometry, real time
confocal, epifluorescence and atomic force microscopy,
quantitative PCR, a full range of chromatographic
separation equipment and DNA analysis.
Chemical synthesis and analysis facilities include
high-field NMR, HPLC/MS, GLC/MS.
Group overview
The Group undertakes fundamental scientific
research to understand health and disease at both
cellular and organismal levels. Studies utilise a wide
array of techniques including real-time microscopic
imaging of live cells and their components, surface
plasmon resonance, molecular mutation, novel
expression systems, and genomic and proteomic
analyses. This research capacity is directed
towards the characterisation and manipulation of
key molecular mechanisms underlying normal and
pathological cell function.
Our approaches range from molecular-level
investigations of the membrane receptors involved
in these disorders to in vivo and in vitro cellular
analyses.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Prof. Roslyn Bill
T: +44 (0)121 204 4274
E: r.m.bill@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research/
biomedical/mcb
Key areas of study include:
Combinatorial biology employing gene
randomisation, protein library design and
deconvolution to screen mutant libraries of target
proteins
Rational design of recombinant protein
production experiments to facilitate structurebased
drug design
Biophysical analyses of membrane proteins
especially in solution for structural analysis and
drug discovery
Structure and function of ligand-gated ion
channels
Molecular pharmacology of neuropeptide
receptors with particular reference to CGRP
Neurobiology and pharmacological interventions
in anxiety disorders
Signal transduction mechanisms in septic/
diabetic vasculopathy and neuropathy
Neurohormone and neurotransmitter control of
hormone secretion by human pituitary tumours.
Special equipment
The group has self-contained, well-equipped
laboratories for cell, molecular, microbiology
and facilities for radio-ligand binding, tissue culture,
histology, immunocytochemistry and protein
chemistry.
Funding sources
Work is currently supported by BBSRC, EPSRC,
The Wellcome Trust, The Royal Society and The
European Commission.
Funding sources
Our work is sponsored by a variety of organisations
including research councils (BBSRC, EPSRC);
charities (Wellcome, Humane Research Trust, Nc3Rs),
Department of Health, pharmaceutical companies, and
medical industry.
158 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 4019 | Email: lhs_prgphd@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
159

School of Life & Health Sciences
Health Sciences
School of Life & Health Sciences
Health and Lifespan Psychology
Research: Health Sciences
Aston University provides a focus for a wide range of integrated,
collaborative, multidisciplinary Health Sciences research which is
grouped into three key research areas:
Health and Lifespan Psychology Group
The Health and Lifespan Psychology (HLP) group conducts
research into psychological aspects of health and illness across
the lifespan, from childhood to older adulthood. This includes
understanding and measuring health behaviours, and developing
and evaluating health behaviour change interventions.
Medicines Research Unit
A range of disciplines including drug formulations, drug delivery,
social and behavioural science, clinical pharmacology and health
services professional development are represented in the Medicines
Research Group, which focuses upon the investigation of drug
delivery, pharmacy practice and evidence-based pharmacotherapy.
Ophthalmic Research Group
Within the Ophthalmic Research Group clinical and applied
investigations are targeted at the use, development and
restoration of vision. Optometrists and ophthalmologists work
within an integrated investigative framework to significantly
advance understanding of the development, use, preservation
and restoration of ocular function. Using bidirectional transfer
of research between structure, function and clinical application
provides the flexibility to address a range of contemporary research
issues: the development and management of refractive error; the
diagnosis and management of major ocular pathology and the
management of ocular dysfunction and pathology in the ageing eye.
Group overview
Research carried out by HLP encompasses a
number of areas broadly classified as applied health
psychology. The group has expertise in a wide
range of primary and secondary research methods
and designs with expertise in systematic review
methodology, including meta-synthesis of qualitative
evidence, randomized controlled trials, questionnaire
development, interviews and focus groups, and
associated statistical and qualitative analysis
techniques.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Dr. Rachel Shaw
T: +44(0)121 204 4050
E: r.l.shaw@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research
Our current areas of interest include:
Health and wellbeing in children and the young
including parental health behaviour, perceptions
of illness, healthy eating and nutrition, and living
with allergies
Health and quality of life in older adults in
assisted and independent living environments
including cognitive function, mobility, falls
prevention, rehabilitation, and health behaviours
Prevention of risky behaviours, e.g. binge drinking,
and safety, e.g. driving and pedestrian behaviour
Developing best practice in health care including
training for health care professionals, services
development, and understanding the health care
professional-patient relationship and its impact on
practice.
Research and Enterprise
Associate Director - Research
(Health Sciences)
Prof. Helen Pattison
T: +44 (0) 121 204 4073
F: +44 (0) 121 204 4090
E: h.m.pattison@aston.ac.uk
160 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 4019 | Email: lhs_prgphd@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
161

School of Life & Health Sciences
Medicines Research Unit
School of Life & Health Sciences
Ophthalmic Research Group
Group overview
Research within the Medicines Research Unit is
focused upon the effectiveness of drug therapies
from dosage form design to patient application. Our
research embraces pharmaceutical technology, drug
delivery, therapeutics assessment and cost effective,
evidence-based medicines management. The key
research areas are encompassed within two areas:
Drug Delivery Group
Our Drug Delivery Research Group comprises
researchers with strong expertise in Pharmaceutical
Sciences and Drug Delivery and our primary areas of
interest include:
Consideration and enhancement of
pharmaceutical formulations with regard to
their biopharmaceutical, pharmacokinetic, and
physicochemical characteristics
Development and evaluation of novel dosage
forms and delivery systems for drugs and
vaccines. Design and optimisation of
formulations to support the effective delivery of
drugs via a variety of routes including pulmonary,
nasal, transdermal, parenteral, oral, buccal and
ocular sites
Engineering solid solutions for the delivery of
bioactive small and large molecules using first
principles of freeze drying
Pharmaceutical education and development.
Evidence-based practice
This multi-disciplinary group considers a wide
range of relevant disciplines including social and
behavioural science, health services management,
and professional service development.
Current research themes include:
Prescribing
Professional education and development
Antibiotic usage
Optimisation of therapy in paediatrics and
palliative care
Public health issues related to medicines usage
and the public health function of pharmacy and
pharmacists
Pharmacy’s contribution towards tackling health
inequalities.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Prof. Andrew Pitt
T: +44 (0)121 204 3005
E: a.r.pitt@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research
Group overview
The group’s objective is to significantly advance
understanding of the development, use, preservation
and restoration of ocular function by research on
clinical and applied matters relevant to optometry and
ophthalmology. Current areas of interest include:
Anterior Eye
Novel analyses using slit lamp, Scheimpflug,
aberrometry, and phakometry techniques
Objective grading of anterior eye features
Non-invasive measurement of corneal
oxygen consumption
Thermographic and objective analysis of the
tear film
Novel biomaterials: sustained release,
monovision and multifocal lenses.
Clinical Trials in Eye Disease
Accredited Centre of European Vision Institute
Research Network (EVICR.Net)
Clinical trials in age-related macular disease
(AMD) and diabetic retinopathy
Clinical trials in refractive outcome and IOL
design (accommodating, multifocal, violet and
blue-blocking IOLs).
Epidemiology and Development of
Refractive Error
Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) for in vivo
three-dimensional (3-D) representation of the
myopic eye
Scleral biomechanics and rigidity
Mapping of mfERG to 3-D MRI images
Prevalence of myopia in the UK child population
Systemic and ocular complications of high
myopia in adults and children.
Ocular and Systemic Vascular Function in
Health and Disease
Retinal vessel parameters in systemic
disease (Hypertension, Diabetes Mellitus and
Cardiovascular Disease)
Alzheimer’s disease and glaucoma: common
vascular risk factors
Ethnic differences in ocular and systemic
endothelial function in type 2 diabetes
Methodology to identify risk for cardio and
cerebrovascular diseases in patients suffering
from early AMD
Glaucoma and endothelial function (systemic
and ocular).
Oculomotor Function and Physiological Optics
Dynamic measurement of ocular accommodation
Mechanism of ocular accommodation in the
young and ageing eye
Neural, optical and structural correlates of
presbyopia
In vivo examination of ciliary body morphology
using anterior segment optical coherence
tomography
MR imaging for in vivo 3-D representation of the
crystalline lens.
Pedagogical Research
Development of training methods to improve the
quality of graduate optometrists
Development of virtual patient simulators.
Refractive Surgery and Intraocular lenses (IOL)
Objective accommodation and aberration
analysis of IOLs
Validated questionnaires for restoration of near
vision technologies and quality of life
Factors behind motivation for refractive surgery
Clinical outcomes with advanced laser platforms.
Sports Vision
Eye tracking in sport visual training for elite athletes
Screening for visual problems in athletes.
Visual Function and the Ageing Eye
Nutritional supplements and visual function in AMD
Audit of community-based low vision services
Validation of a new letter and word acuity card
for use in low vision assessment
Macular pigment measurement techniques for AMD
Statistical modelling of normal and abnormal shortwavelength
function across the macular visual field
Quality of life and quantification of visual field
progression in AMD
Development of clinical applications of
multi-spectral retinal imaging
Visual function in high functioning autistic
spectrum disorder.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Dr. Leon Davies
T: +44 (0)121 204 4152
E: I.n.davies@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research
162 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 4019 | Email: lhs_prgphd@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
163

School of Life & Health Sciences
School of Life & Health Sciences
Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience
Research: Neurosciences
The recent expansion and development of infrastructure within
Neurosciences at Aston University has been instrumental in
attracting scientists of international standing by providing a natural
home and collaborative workplace for investigative research.
The Aston Brain Centre is an integrated research environment
for the study of the brain and neurodevelopment in health and
disease. We combine our multidisciplinary expertise with the latest
technology to study brain function from individual human brain cells
through to the whole brain and behaviour, and from the developing
child brain through to the ageing brain.
The mission of Neurosciences is to be a centre of excellence in
research on fundamental aspects of human brain processes,
including the functional organisation of the human brain in health
and disease and the development of new methods and technology
for this purpose.
As part of the Aston Brain Centre, the Wellcome Trust Laboratory
for MEG studies is leading the UK in the development of
magnetoencephalography for use in atypical and paediatric
populations.
In addition to MEG, the Aston Brain Centre benefits other
investigatory neuroimaging methodologies available on-site,
including MRI, TMS and dense array EEG. These are coupled with
our excellent clinical and behavioural testing facilities, providing
a world-leading environment for investigations of basic brain
mechanisms and pathophysiological aspects of disease.
Group overview
The Cognitive and Affective Neuroscience (CAN)
research group comprises of academic staff plus
an array of post-doctoral fellows and postgraduate
students both at PhD level and those enrolled on
the MSc in Cognitive Neuroscience. The CAN group
unites scientists who have diverse backgrounds but
who share a common interest in understanding the
mechanisms of cognitive and affective processes
in typical and clinical populations. We do this by
applying an array of techniques including: behavioural
and molecular genetics, functional and structural
neuroimaging, psychophysics, and neuropsychological
and behavioural psychometrics, to understand the
factors that underpin human cognitive function in
normal development, ageing and in neurological
impairment.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Dr. Nathan Ridout
T: +44(0)121 204 4162
F: +44(0)121 204 4090
E: n.ridout@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research
Key areas of study include:
Developmental disabilities of cognition and
language including developmental dyslexia, motor
coordination disorder, attention deficit
hyperactivity disorder and autism spectrum
disorder
Lifespan development of cognitive and literacy
skills
Speech perception and production
Brain mapping of language and cognitive functions
in epilepsy
Imaging genetics of developmental disorders and
their co-morbidity
Attention and memory function in normal and
clinical populations
Neuroimaging functional and structural neural
connectivity in health and disease
Face perception and object recognition
Neuro-ethics
Ageing cognition.
Key funding bodies
Our research is funded by the ESRC, EPSRC, The
Wellcome Trust, The Waterloo Foundation and the
NHS, amongst others.
Research and Enterprise
Associate Director - Research (Neurosciences)
Prof. Stephen Anderson
T: +44 (0) 121 204 3879
F: +44 (0) 121 359 4498
F: s.j.anderson@aston.ac.uk
E: www1.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research/neurosciences
164 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 4019 | Email: lhs_prgphd@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
165

School of Life & Health Sciences
Neurophysiology and Clinical Neuroimaging
School of Life & Health Sciences
Sensory and Perceptual Systems
Group overview
The main research focus of the Neurophysiology
and Clinical Neuroimaging Research Group (NCN)
is the study of cortical structure and function using
electrophysiological, magnetoencephalographic
(MEG), and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI)
techniques.
The combination of these techniques allows us to
study brain function at the cellular, regional, and
whole-brain level, both in the healthy brain and in
neurological illnesses. Examples of clinical research
include projects exploring the neurophysiological
basis of Parkinson’s disease and the diagnosis
and treatment of epilepsy. Our strong focus for the
future is on the developing brain and the application
of our methods to the study of the child brain and
behaviour.
The NCN research group has excellent research
and clinical facilities, including the Wellcome Trust
Laboratory for MEG Studies, which is home to the
world’s first high-resolution paediatric compliant
MEG system for measuring brain activity in children
and adults. Aston University was the first site
in the UK to have both MEG and fMRI research
facilities. Our Clinical Neurophysiology Unit uses
a variety of techniques, including dense array
electroencephalography (EEG) brain mapping
systems and trans-cranial magnetic stimulation
(TMS), both with neuronavigational capability.
These provide a service for patients with various
clinical disorders including epilepsy. Our cellular
neurophysiology facilities include a human brain
tissue laboratory. This broad range of research
techniques underpins the translational nature of
research in the NCN group.
Key areas of study include:
The role of neuronal oscillations in brain function
MEG investigations of visual, motor, and auditory
processing
Development of applications of paediatric MEG
The use of MEG in diagnosis and
characterisation of clinical conditions such as
epilepsy and amblyopia
Electrophysiological studies on neurones of the
entorhinal cortex (EC)
The role of primary motor cortex in epilepsy and
Parkinson’s disease
Electrophysiological, morphological and
neurochemical studies on neurones of the basal
ganglia
The mechanisms of astrocyteneuron signalling in
the thalamus.
Key funding bodies
The Wellcome Trust, Medical Research Council, Lord
Dowding Fund for Humane Research, Dr Hadwen
Trust for Humane Research, Parkinson’s Disease
Society and Alzheimer’s Disease Trust.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Prof. Ian Holliday
T: +44(0)121 204 4064
F: +44(0)121 204 4090
E: i.e.holliday@aston.ac.uk
Group overview
The Sensory and Perceptual Systems (SPS) research
group comprises members of academic staff, along
with research fellows and research students. We
aim to investigate and understand human sensory
systems and human perception, especially the major
communicative senses of vision and hearing – how
they work, and how they sometimes go wrong.
We do this through psychophysical experiments,
computational modelling, theoretical analysis, and
brain imaging techniques (MEG and fMRI), and we
apply this knowledge to clinical aspects of human
perception, including the restoration of hearing
through cochlea implants.
SPS activities
Research findings, ideas and problems are reported
and discussed locally, nationally and internationally:
at regular group meetings, at the Applied Vision
Association (AVA) and at international conferences
in Europe, Asia and the USA. The group now enjoys
greatly enhanced facilities in a purpose built suite of
laboratories with state-of-the-art equipment for visual
and auditory research.
Application and contact
Research Group Convenor
Prof. Mark Georgeson
T: +44 (0)121 204 4119
E: m.a.georgeson@aston.ac.uk
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research
Main areas of SPS research are:
Spatial vision – contrast coding, blur and feature
detection
Binocular vision – psychophysics and
computational modelling
Depth perception and stereoscopic vision
Visual learning and categorisation
Motion perception in vision and hearing
Development of visual object recognition
Auditory stream segregation
Binaural hearing and sound localisation
Perceptual organisation of speech
Cochlear implants and implant coding
Eye movements and reading inter-sensory
integration.
Key funding bodies
Our research is funded by the EPSRC, BBSRC,
ESRC, The Wellcome Trust and the NHS, amongst
others.
W: www.aston.ac.uk/lhs/research
166 To find out more: Telephone: +44 (0)121 204 4019 | Email: lhs_prgphd@aston.ac.uk | www.aston.ac.uk/lhs
www.aston.ac.uk
167

School of Life and Health Sciences
Executive &
Professional
Development
(EPD)
Aston University has built an
enviable reputation for the vocational
nature of its education, training and
research. This is particularly evident
in our Executive and Professional
Development (EPD) courses, which
have been developed in consultation with
industry and professional organisations.
EPD courses can help you maintain, improve and broaden your
professional knowledge and skills – advancing your career and
boosting your employability. Many of our courses are accredited
by professional organisations, and are a necessary requirement
for you to gain or maintain membership. Also, they are
continuously reviewed and updated to meet the changing needs
of individuals, business, society and the economy.
EPD at Aston is flexible and accessible. We offer short and long
courses, distance learning, certificates, diplomas and Masters
Degrees across a wide range of subjects.
For employers
Aston’s Executive and Professional
Development courses can help you
maintain, improve and broaden your
professional knowledge and skills –
advancing your career and boosting
your employability. EPD can ensure your
staff have the most up to date skills and
knowledge to improve staff recruitment
and retention; fill skill and knowledge gaps
in your organisation and help you build a
highly capable, flexible workforce.
Professional accreditation
Many of our courses are accredited by
professional organisations. Some lead to
professional qualifications, whilst others
are a necessary requirement to gain
or retain membership of professional
organisations.
Flexible and accessible learning
We offer day workshops, short and long
courses, part time and distance learning.
The Centre for Executive Development
at Aston Business School
Business is more challenging than ever. So too is
the sense of opportunity for those galvanised by
the turbulent times to do something different, to
break out of the mould. At the Centre for Executive
Development we partner with organisations in the
development of their people.
We work with our clients to jointly design and
deliver development journeys that inspire fresh
thinking and empower executives to achieve greater
ambitions, delivering a measureable return on
investment. We start with specific organisational
needs. To that we bring the best and most relevant
of Aston Business School’s world class research
and expert knowledge to inform and bring clarity
to today’s complexity and ambiguity. Programmes
range from one day master classes to modules
and programmes delivered over extended periods.
Delivery takes place within our excellent purpose
built conference facilities and/or in clients’ chosen
locations.
As well as the full portfolio of Business School
tools, frameworks and models, Aston Business
School offers thought leadership in the
following critical topical areas:
• The development and leadership of High
Performance Teams
• The practice of Applied Strategy
• The practice of Change Management
• The practice of Project Management
• Alternative perspectives on Finance
• Frameworks for decision-making in highly
complex, ambiguous situations
Contact us for a free confidential consultation. We
would be delighted to help you explore your needs
and begin to scope a programme which drives
measurable value for your organisation.
Contact the Centre for
Executive Development on:
T: +44 (0)121 204 3160
E: labs_exec_dev@aston.ac.uk
“I am very impressed by the quality of both the teaching
and the facilities at Aston, but most of all by the
School’s commitment to add value through partnership,
which exactly matches our business philosophy.”
Noel Watson
Chairman, Jacobs
School of Life and Health Sciences
Expertise and flexibility are the key attributes of
the School of Life & Health Sciences (LHS) in
Professional Development.
LHS offers flexible and accessible courses, not only
to individual learners, but also tailored to the needs
of our corporate clients. Every course is based on
the ability to blend learning delivery according to
personal or organisational situations which does not
necessarily mean classroom attendance.
As a School of Life & Health Sciences, many of
our EPD clients are busy healthcare professionals.
LHS has responded to the latest legislation making
Professional Development a requirement for
healthcare professionals, by increasing the range of
courses that we offer.
In LHS we are also aware of time constraints for
healthcare professionals so many of our courses
are in a distance learning format e.g. e-learning.
LHS also offers stand-alone modules, making
it even easier for healthcare professionals to
acquire new skills or upgrade their knowledge. As
many of our graduates are practicing healthcare
professionals, a 10% discount on our non-assessed
EPD courses is offered to our alumni.
We offer courses in the following areas
of expertise:
• Audiology
• Biology
• Biomedical Sciences
• Drug Metabolism
• Food Safety
• Optometry
• Pharmacy
• Protein Modelling
• Psychology
• Research Methods
Visit the Life & Health Sciences web pages at
www.aston.ac.uk/lhs/cpd to view the courses
offered. If you do not see a course which meets your
needs, it is possible to arrange bespoke courses.
Contact Dr Julia Brown,
Head of External Relations:
T: +44 (0)121 204 3908
E: lj.y.brown@aston.ac.uk
168 www.aston.ac.uk
169

How to find us
Aston University is a campus
University located in the centre of
Birmingham. We recommend that
visitors use public transport as
Birmingham city centre is well served
by train, coach and air from all parts
of the UK and is close to hundreds of
local bus routes. Car parking is not
normally available on campus itself
for visitors due to our new residences
development but is available close by
in pay car parks.
By train
Birmingham New Street Station is the nearest mainline
station to Aston University, a short 15-20 minute
walk away. New Street is the UK’s most well connected
station and direct services arrive here from all parts of
the UK. Some regional and national services arrive at
Birmingham Snow Hill and/or Birmingham Moor Street
stations (including trains from London Marylebone) –
please check your timetable. All stations are marked on
the city centre map shown.
Our website also includes interactive walking routes via
google maps: www.aston.ac.uk/about/directions
To walk to the campus from Birmingham New Street
Station along Corporation Street.
To find out more visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/directions
The Aston University campus is an easy flat 15-20
minute walk from Birmingham New Street Station
along Corporation Street. New Street Station is being
redeveloped so specific directions below may change
during 2013. Visit www.aston.ac.uk/directions for the
latest information.
1. Exit New Street Station by the main exit from
the concourse, following signs for New Street/
Corporation Street. Ask for directions if you are
unsure.
2. From New Street (a pedestrianised Shopping
Street) turn left onto Corporation Street, next to the
Lloyds TSB Bank on the corner of New Street and
Corporation Street.
3. Cross New Street on to Corporation Street, straight
ahead towards the Phones 4 U store, then follow
this main shopping street to the campus. You will
pass a Mothercare store on your right, and later a
large House of Fraser department store on your left.
Keep walking towards the rocket-shaped tower of
the Central Methodist Hall.
4. Keep walking straight ahead down Corporation
Street. You will then pass the Victorian redbrick law
courts on your left and the Central Methodist Hall
on your right, until you reach the pelican crossing
on James Watt Queensway (a main road) on the
right-hand side.
5. After the crossing, go straight ahead on to the
campus past Lakeside Residences and to the left of
the campus lake. The Main Building is signposted
from here around 200m away.
Taxis can be hired from the taxi rank at New Street
Station and cost around £5 to Aston University.
Follow Taxi signs from the main station concourse.
There is also a taxi rank on Campus on Aston
Street to return to New Street Station.
Train enquiries:
+44(0)345 484 950
www.nationalrail.co.uk
Approximate direct journey times to
Birmingham by train:
London
1h 20m
Manchester
1h 35m
Leeds
2h
Bristol
1h 30m
Nottingham/Leicester
1h 15m
Cardiff
2h
Southampton
2h 45m
Newcastle
3h 30m
Some regional and national services arrive at
Birmingham Snow Hill or Moor Street stations,
a short 10 minute walk from campus. The
map also shows the locations of these. Please
check your timetable. The Midland Metro Tram
service from Wolverhampton and North West
Birmingham also terminates at Snow Hill station.
By coach/bus
Most coach services operate from the new Digbeth
coach station, which is a short taxi ride or 20 minutes’
walk from the campus. National Express enquiries:
+44 (0)990 80 80 80
www.nationalexpress.co.uk
www.megabus.com
Network West Midlands – regional bus
services
Aston University campus is close to over 100 bus
service stops in the city centre from across the West
Midlands. Details on bus services into Birmingham City
Centre can be found on the website:
www.networkwestmidlands.co.uk
By air
There are regular international and domestic flights
to Birmingham International Airport, one of the
UK’s largest. Frequent trains run from Birmingham
International rail station to Birmingham New Street. The
journey time is 15 minutes. Birmingham International
Airport enquiries: +44(0)121 767 7145 www.bhx.co.uk
By car
From whichever direction you are approaching
Birmingham, Aston University is best reached from the
M6 motorway (NOT the new M6 Toll, which bypasses
the city) and A38M. The university is located in the
North East part of the City Centre, close to the A4540
central ring road, and is marked on most city centre
plans in road atlases.
Travel to the Aston University campus by car
1. Exit the M6 at Junction 6, and follow signs for the
A38(M) to the City Centre. Ignore signs to ‘Aston’. We
are located in Birmingham City Centre, not Aston.
2. Stay on the A38(M) (Aston Expressway) for about
two miles until you reach the third exit to the left (a
filter lane). This is just after you pass the overhead
‘end of motorway’ signs. Aston University/University
of Aston is signposted from here. You will see the
Aston University Main Building on your left.
3. Take the LEFT filter lane here, and at the Lancaster
Circus roundabout (next to the Fire Station) take the
first exit left into James Watt Queensway.
4. Ignore the first left turn into Aston Street (this is
not a through road) but keep going in the left hand
lane, through three sets of traffic lights, passing the
redbrick Lakeside university residences.
5. After passing the Lakeside Residences follow signs
for parking at Millennium Point/Thinktank Science
Museum, a left turn onto Jennens Road. The multistorey
car park entrance is on Jennens Road, B4
7AP. Parking charges are around £5 for a full day,
less for 1-4 hours.
6. After parking your car the Aston University campus
is across Jennens Road and is clearly visible from
the multi-storey car park.
7. Cross Jennens Road (dual carriageway) using the
pedestrian crossing.
8. After crossing Jennens Road turn left and then
turn immediately right next to the new Student
Residences – you are now on campus. Follow
the map and signs for the Aston University Main
Building about 200 metres away straight ahead
across the campus. The Main Building and
university reception is here.
170 www.aston.ac.uk
171

Cardigan St
Dartmouth Middleway A4540
Campus map
Where is Aston University?
1 Main Building and Reception
2 North Wing
3 South Wing
4 Library
5 Aston Business School & Conference Aston
6 Lakeside Conference Centre
7 Aston Brain Centre
22 Aston University Engineering Academy
23 Nursery
24 Car Park 1
25 Car Park 3 (unloading)
26 Car Park 6 (evenings)
27 Car Park 12 (inc underground car park)
28 Car Park (Millennium Point pay parking)
E
Entrance to Main Building & Reception
Walking Route from Millennium Point Car Park
Route by Car to Millennium Point
For information about accessibility
on campus, visit:
www.aston.ac.uk/about/directions
The Aston University campus
is located in the centre of
Birmingham, the centre of the
national road and rail network,
making it within easy reach of
most of the UK and beyond.
8 Health Clinics
- Vision, Audiology & Neurosciences Research
9 Aston University Day Hospital
- Optegra
- BCH Cochlear
- Life & Health Sciences
10 European Bioenergy Research Institute (EBRI)
11 Students’ Union
12 Lakeside Residences
29 Gosta Green Pub
30 Sacks of Potatoes Pub
31 Birmingham Metropolitan College
32 BCU Art & Design Institute
33 Old Fire Station
34 Science Park Reception
35 Millennium Point and Thinktank
36 Birmingham City Council Offices
A4540
Dartmouth Circus
To M6 J.6
13 Mary Sturge Residences; Harriet Martineau
Residences
A38
14 James Watt Residences
15 William Murdoch Residences
16 Stafford Tower
17 Martin Luther King Multi Faith Centre
Aston Rd
N
W E
S
Glasgow
M8
Edinburgh
18 Sir Doug Ellis Woodcock Sports Centre and Pool
19 Gosta Green Sports Pitch
M74
20 Gem Sports Hall
21 Sports Pitch
A38 (To City Centre)
A34
Lancaster Circus
Flyover
33
Corporation St
Potter St
24
3
2
1
E
25
11
32
30
10
19
Holt St
29
Love Lane
34
Lister St
22
23
Belfast
4-5 Hrs
3 Hrs
M6
M62
2 Hrs
Manchester
Newcastle
Leeds
M1
Sheffield
Woodcock St
Walking route to Main Building
between Stafford Tower and
Lakeside Residences
City Centre (via Corporation St)
Birmingham New St
/ Snow Hill Station
15 min walk
Dale End
Moor St Station
10 min walk
Chapel St
James Watt Queensway
12
16
31
13
6
Coleshill St
Aston St
20
27
21
17
15
14
4
Jennens Rd
5
Aston St
9
7
8
26
18
36
Birmingham
Science
Park
Ashted Circus
M4
M5
M6
Aston University
Birmingham
3 Hrs
2 Hrs
Cardiff
M5
Bristol
M42
1 Hr
M6
M40
M4
Nottingham
M1
Southampton
2 Hrs
London
Bullring
10 min walk
35
28
172 www.aston.ac.uk
173

A-Z Index of postgraduate programmes
Taught programmes
A – D
Accounting and Finance MSc 44
Applied Linguistics MSc 122
Aston Diploma in Psychology 151
Biomedical Sciences MSc 138
Biotechnology MSc 139
Business and Management MSc 45
Business and Marketing
Analytics MSc 46
Clinical Health Management MSc 155
Cognitive Neuroscience MSc 154
Data Communication
Networks MSc 78
Drug Delivery MSc 141
E – H
Educational Management
in TESOL (EMT) MSc 124
Engineering Management MSc 79
English Language Teaching
(Aston University Certificate in
Advanced Studies ) 121
Entrepreneurship and
International Business MSc 47
Europe and the World
(Double Masters) 108
European Master in Management 41
European Union and
International Relations MA 111
Finance and Financial
Regulation MSc 48
Finance and Investments Msc 49
Forensic Linguistics MA 112
Forensic Linguistics MSc 123
Governance and International
Politics (Double Masters) 109
Health Psychology MSc 153
Human Resource Management
and Business MSc 50
I – O
Industrial Enterprise
Management MSc 80
Information Systems and
Business Analysis MSc 51
International Business MSc 52
International Relations
and Global Governance MA 113
Investment Analysis MSc 53
Islamic Banking and Finance MSc 54
IT Project Management MSc 81
Law, Graduate Diploma 42
LLM International
Commercial Law 43
Market Research and
Consultancy MSc 56
Marketing Management MSc 55
MBA Master of Business
Administration 40
Mechanical Engineering
(Modelling) MSc 82
Molecular Pharmaceutics MSc 145
Multilevel Governance
and International Relations
(with Integrated Professional
Training) Joint MA 110
Occupational Toxicology MSc 140
Operational Research and
Performance Management MSc 57
Ophthalmic Science/Doctor
of Optometry/MSc 150
Organisational Behaviour MSc 58
Organisational Psychology
and Business MSc 59
Overseas Pharmacists
PgDip/MSc 146
P – S
Pharmaceutical Sciences MSc 142
Pharmacokinetics MSc 143
Pharmacology MSc 144
Product Design Enterprise MSc 83
Product Design Innovation MSc 84
Professional Engineering MSc 85
Psychiatric Pharmacy PgDip by
Distance Learning and Practice 148
Psychiatric Pharmacy
Practice MSc 149
Psychiatric Therapeutics
PgCert by Distance Learning 147
Psychology, Graduate Diploma 152
Public Policy and Social
Change MA 114
Social Research and
Social Change MA 115
Social Responsibility and
Sustainability MSc 60
Software Engineering MSc 86
Strategy and International
Business MSc 62
Supply Chain Management MSc 61/87
P – W
Teaching English for Specific
Purposes (TESP) MSc 124
Teaching English to Speakers of
Other Languages (TESOL) MSc 124
Teaching English to Young
Learners (TEYL) MSc 124
Telecommunications
Technology MSc 88
TESOL and Translation
Studies MA 117
TESOL MA 116
Translation in a European
Context MA 118
Translation Studies MA 120
Wireless Communications
and Networking MSc 90
Work Psychology and
Business MSc 63
Research programmes
and groups
A – D
Adaptive Communications
Networks Research Group 92
Aston Centre for Europe (ACE) 133
Aston Centre for Interdisciplinary
Research in Language and
Diversity (InterLanD) 130
Aston Institute of Photonic
Technologies 91
Aston Law 69
Bioenergy Research Group 93
Biomedical Engineering
Research Group 94
Biomedical Sciences 156
Centre for Forensic
Linguistics (CFL) 128
Centre for Language Education
Research at Aston (CLERA) 129
Chronic Diseases 157
Cognitive and Affective
Neuroscience 162
Communicable Diseases 158
Computer Science
Research Group 95
Corpus Linguistics/The Aston
Corpus Network (ACORN) 129
E – L
Economics and Strategy 71
Engineering Education
Research Group 96
English and Applied
Linguistics 128
European Bioenergy
Research Institute 97
Executive DBA 66
Finance and Accounting
Academic Group 70
Health and Lifespan
Psychology 161
Health Sciences 160
Terms and Conditions
The information contained in this
prospectus is relevant for applications
to Postgraduate programmes in the
academic session 2014/2015. Whilst
information in this prospectus is correct
at the time of going to press (June 2013),
Aston University does not guarantee its
accuracy or completeness. All students
accepted onto any Aston University course
will be required as a condition of enrolment
to abide by, and to submit to Aston
University’s policies, rules and regulations,
as amended from time to time. A copy of
the current policies, rules and regulations
is available on request from the Registry.
Where placements form part of a
programme of study, the university makes
every effort to help its students find suitable
placement opportunities. However, as the
availability, duration, nature and content
of placements are outside the university’s
control, we do not guarantee that suitable
placements will always be available.
The prospectus is provided for illustration
purposes only and does not constitute or
form part of any invitation, offer, acceptance
or contractual term between the university
and any other person. Every effort has
been made to ensure that the information
in this prospectus is correct and the
university will use all reasonable efforts to
deliver the programmes as described.
However, the university reserves the right
to make variations to programme contents
Institute for the Study of
Language and Society (ISLS) 127
(PhD) Law 69
M – O
(PhD in) Management 67
Management Research
(by research) MSc 64
Marketing Academic Group 72
(Research in) Mathematics of
Complex Systems MSc 89
Medicines Research Unit 162
Modern Languages and
Translation Studies 126
Molecular and Cell Biology 159
Nanoscience Research Group 98
Neurophysiology and Clinical
Neuroimaging 166
Neurosciences 164
Non-linearity and Complexity
Research Group 99
and methods of delivery, fees, entry
requirements, to discontinue or merge
or combine programmes, to alter the
facilities and/or services available from or
provided by or on behalf of the university
and to make variations to regulations, both
before and after a student’s admission to
the university, if such action is reasonably
considered necessary by the university.
Circumstances where variations may be
required include (but are not limited to)
industrial action, lack of demand, departure
of key personnel, timetable considerations,
change in Government policy, withdrawal or
reduction of funding, and/or change of Law.
If, after an application for a programme
has been accepted, the programme is
substantially varied from that described
in the prospectus for reasons other than
circumstances beyond the university’s
reasonable control, the university will use
reasonable endeavours to provide a suitable
replacement programme. If the student
does not wish to accept the replacement
programme, the student shall be entitled
to withdraw from the programme. In the
event of such withdrawal an appropriate
refund of tuition fees shall be made in
accordance with the university’s policy.
The university cannot accept responsibility
and expressly excludes liability for damage
to students’ property, transfer of computer
viruses to students’ equipment and all other
liabilities to the fullest extent permitted by law.
Operations and Information
Management Academic Group 73
Ophthalmic Research Group 163
P – T
Politics and International
Relations 132
Polymers and Advanced
Materials Research Group 101
Postgraduate Certificate
in Business Research
and Consultancy 65
Power Engineering and Power
Electronics Research Group 100
Project and Supply Chain
Management Research Group 102
Sensory and
Perceptual Systems 167
Sociology and Policy 131
Sustainable Environment
Research Group 103
We reserve the right in the event of a
student’s failure to pay tuition fees as
stipulated by the university to withhold
award/degree certificates until the tuition fees
outstanding are paid, together with any debt
recovery fees charged by any debt recovery
agents engaged by the university.
The university does not warrant or
guarantee that:
(a) its position in any league table, survey
or poll will be maintained throughout a
student’s course;
(b) enrolment on any particular programme
will automatically result in graduation;
(c) a student successfully completing
a course will receive any offer of
employment.
Plagiarism detection software
The University may use plagiarism software,
such as Turnitin as a supportive teaching
tool to aid development of good academic
practice. The University may also use such
software as a detection tool to uncover
cases of suspected plagiarism. The
University may also share information on
your written material with other Higher
Education providers if it is suspected that
your material has been used for plagiarism.
By accepting these terms and conditions
you are giving permission for the University to
use such software when you submit written
material for assessment purposes.
174 www.aston.ac.uk
175

Aston University
Aston Triangle
Birmingham
B4 7ET, UK
+44 (0)121 204 3000
www.aston.ac.uk
Printed by an ISO 14001
printer using vegetable
based inks on FSC
certified stock.
This document is available in alternative formats.
Please contact us for further information.
/astonuniversity
74